Annual Statements Open main menu

GLACIER BANCORP, INC. - Annual Report: 2012 (Form 10-K)

Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
______________________________________________________________________
FORM 10-K
______________________________________________________________________
ý Annual report pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 or
¨ Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the transition period from __________ to __________             
Commission file number 000-18911
______________________________________________________________________
GLACIER BANCORP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 ______________________________________________________________________
MONTANA
81-0519541
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)
 
 
49 Commons Loop, Kalispell, Montana
59901
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)
(406) 756-4200
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share
NASDAQ Global Select Market
(Title of each class)
(Name of each exchange on which registered)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    ý  Yes    ¨  No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    ¨  Yes    ý  No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    ý  Yes    ¨  No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months.    ý  Yes    ¨  No
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to item 405 of regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ý
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.
 
Large accelerated filer
ý
Accelerated filer
¨
Non-accelerated filer
¨
Smaller reporting company
¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    ¨  Yes    ý  No
The aggregate market value of the voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant at June 30, 2012 (the last business day of the most recent second quarter), was $1,078,136,586 (based on the average bid and ask price as quoted on the NASDAQ Global Select Market at the close of business on that date).
As of February 18, 2013, there were issued and outstanding 71,954,982 shares of the Registrant’s common stock. No preferred shares are issued or outstanding.
Document Incorporated by Reference
Portions of the 2013 Annual Meeting Proxy Statement dated March 25, 2013 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 
 
Page
PART I
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1
Item 1A
Item 1B
Item 2
Item 3
Item 4
 
 
 
PART II
 
 
 
 
 
Item 5
Item 6
Item 7
Item 7A
Item 8
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9
Item 9A
Item 9B
 
 
 
PART III
 
 
 
 
 
Item 10
Item 11
Item 12
Item 13
Item 14
 
 
 
PART IV
 
 
 
 
 
Item 15



Table of Contents

PART I
 
Item 1. Business

Glacier Bancorp, Inc. (“Company”), headquartered in Kalispell, Montana, is a Montana corporation incorporated in 2004 as a successor corporation to the Delaware corporation originally incorporated in 1990. The Company is a publicly-traded company and its common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol GBCI. The Company provides commercial banking services from 108 locations in Montana, Idaho, Wyoming, Colorado, Utah and Washington through eleven divisions of its wholly-owned bank subsidiary, Glacier Bank (“Bank”). The Company offers a wide range of banking products and services, including transaction and savings deposits, real estate, commercial, agriculture, and consumer loans, mortgage origination services, and retail brokerage services. The Company serves individuals, small to medium-sized businesses, community organizations and public entities. For information regarding the Company’s lending, investment and funding activities, see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Subsidiaries
The Company includes the parent holding company and nine wholly-owned subsidiaries which consist of the Bank and eight non-bank subsidiaries. The eight non-bank subsidiaries include GBCI Other Real Estate Owned ("GORE") and seven trust subsidiaries. The Company formed GORE to isolate certain bank foreclosed properties for legal protection and administrative purposes and the remaining properties are currently held for sale. GORE is included in the Bank operating segment due to its insignificant activity. The Company owns the following trust subsidiaries, each of which issued trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital instruments: Glacier Capital Trust II, Glacier Capital Trust III, Glacier Capital Trust IV, Citizens (ID) Statutory Trust I, Bank of the San Juans Bancorporation Trust I, First Company Statutory Trust 2001 and First Company Statutory Trust 2003. The trust subsidiaries are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. As of December 31, 2012, none of the Company's subsidiaries were engaged in any operations in foreign countries.

On April 30, 2012, the Company combined its eleven bank subsidiaries into eleven bank divisions within Glacier Bank, such divisions operating with the same names and management teams as before the combination. Prior to the combination of the bank subsidiaries, the Company considered its eleven bank subsidiaries, GORE, and the parent holding company to be its operating segments. Subsequent to the combination of the bank subsidiaries, the Company considers the Bank to be its sole operating segment. The change to combining the bank subsidiaries into a single operating segment is appropriate as the Bank 1) engages in similar bank business activity from which it earns revenues and incurs expenses, 2) the operating results of the Bank are regularly reviewed by the Chief Executive Officer (i.e., the chief operating decision maker) who makes decisions about resources to be allocated to the Bank, and 3) discrete financial information is available for the Bank. The eleven divisions within Glacier Bank are as follows: Glacier Bank, Mountain West Bank, First Security Bank of Missoula, Western Security Bank, 1st Bank, Valley Bank of Helena, Big Sky Western Bank, First Bank of Wyoming, Citizens Community Bank, First Bank of Montana and Bank of the San Juans.

The Company provides full service brokerage services (selling products such as stocks, bonds, mutual funds, limited partnerships, annuities and other insurance products) through Raymond James Financial Services, a non-affiliated company. The Company shares in the commissions generated, without devoting significant employee time to this portion of the business.

Recent and Pending Acquisitions
The Company’s strategy is to profitably grow its business through internal growth and selective acquisitions. The Company continues to look for profitable expansion opportunities in existing markets and new markets in the Rocky Mountain states. During the last five years, the Company has completed the following acquisitions: On October 2, 2009, First Company and its subsidiary, First Bank of Wyoming, formerly First National Bank & Trust, was acquired by the Company. On December 1, 2008, Bank of the San Juans Bancorporation and its subsidiary, Bank of the San Juans ("San Juans") in Durango, Colorado, was acquired by the Company.

On February 25, 2013, the Company announced the signing of a definitive agreement to acquire First State Bank, a community bank based in Wheatland, Wyoming. First State Bank provides community banking services to individuals and businesses from three banking offices in Wheatland, Torrington and Guernsey, Wyoming. As of December 31, 2012, First State Bank had total assets of $281 million, gross loans of $179 million and total deposits of $249 million. The transaction provides for the payment to Wheatland Bankshares, Inc. shareholders of $10.62 million in cash and 1,652,000 shares of the Company's common stock, so long as the average closing price for the Company stock is between $13.50 and $16.50. Upon closing of the transaction, which is anticipated to take place in the second quarter of 2013, First State Bank will be merged into the Bank and operate as a separate bank division doing business under its existing name.


3

Table of Contents

Market Area
The Company has 108 locations, of which 9 are loan or administration offices, in 35 counties within 6 states including Montana, Idaho, Wyoming, Colorado, Utah, and Washington. The Company has 55 locations in Montana, 29 locations in Idaho, 14 locations in Wyoming, 3 locations in Colorado, 4 locations in Utah and 3 locations in Washington.

The market area’s economic base primarily focuses on tourism, energy, construction, mining, manufacturing, service industry, and health care. The tourism industry is highly influenced by two national parks, several ski resorts, significant lakes, and rural scenic areas.

Competition
Based on the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) summary of deposits survey as of June 30, 2012, the Company has approximately 23 percent of the total FDIC insured deposits in the 13 counties that it services in Montana. In Idaho, the Company has approximately 7 percent of the deposits in the 9 counties that it services. In Wyoming, the Company has 26 percent of the deposits in the 6 counties it services. In Colorado, the Company has 10 percent of the deposits in the 2 counties it services. In Utah, the Company has 11 percent of the deposits in the 3 counties it services. In Washington, the Company has 1 percent of the deposits in the 2 counties it services.

Commercial banking is a highly competitive business and operates in a rapidly changing environment. There are a large number of depository institutions including savings and loans, commercial banks, and credit unions in the markets in which the Company has offices. Non-depository financial service institutions, primarily in the securities and insurance industries, have also become competitors for retail savings and investment funds. In addition to offering competitive interest rates, the principal methods used by the Bank to attract deposits include the offering of a variety of services including on-line banking, mobile banking and convenient office locations and business hours. The primary factors in competing for loans are interest rates and rate adjustment provisions, loan maturities, loan fees, and the quality of service to borrowers and brokers.

Employees
As of December 31, 2012, the Company employed 1,753 persons, 1,553 of whom were employed full time, none of whom were represented by a collective bargaining group. The Company provides its employees with a comprehensive benefit program, including health and dental insurance, life and accident insurance, long-term disability coverage, sick leave, 401(k) plan, profit sharing plan and a stock-based compensation plan. The Company considers its employee relations to be excellent. See Note 16 in the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for detailed information regarding employee benefit plans and eligibility requirements.

Board of Directors and Committees
The Company's Board of Directors ("Board") has the ultimate authority and responsibility for overseeing risk management at the Company. Some aspects of risk oversight are fulfilled at the full Board level and the Board delegates other aspects of its risk oversight function to its committees. The Board has established, among others, an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee, and a Risk Oversight Committee. Additional information regarding Board committees is set forth under the heading "Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors - Committee Membership" in the Company's 2013 Annual Meeting Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Website Access
Copies of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are available free of charge through the Company’s website (www.glacierbancorp.com) as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company has filed the material with, or furnished it to, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Copies can also be obtained by accessing the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov).

Supervision and Regulation
The following discussion provides an overview of certain elements of the extensive regulatory framework applicable to the Company and the Bank. This regulatory framework is primarily designed for the protection of depositors, the federal Deposit Insurance Funds and the banking system as a whole, rather than specifically for the protection of shareholders. Due to the breadth and growth of this regulatory framework, the costs of compliance continue to increase in order to monitor and satisfy these requirements.

To the extent that this section describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified by reference to those provisions. These statutes and regulations, as well as related policies, are subject to change by Congress, state legislatures and federal and state regulators. Changes in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Company, including the interpretation or implementation thereof, could have a material effect on the Company’s business or operations. Numerous changes to the statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Company have been made or proposed in recent years. The full extent to which these changes will impact the Company is not yet known. However, continued efforts to monitor and comply with new regulatory requirements add to the complexity and cost of the Company’s business.

4

Table of Contents

Glacier Bank, the sole bank subsidiary of the Company, is subject to regulation and supervision by the Montana Department of Administration's Banking and Financial Institutions Division, the FDIC, and, with respect to branches of the Bank outside of Montana, applicable state regulators. The Company recently consolidated its bank subsidiaries which operated throughout the states of Montana, Colorado, Idaho, Utah, Washington and Wyoming, into Glacier Bank.

Federal Bank Holding Company Regulation
General. The Company is a bank holding company as defined in the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”), due to its ownership of the Bank. As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve. In general, the BHCA limits the business of bank holding companies to owning or controlling banks and engaging in other activities closely related to banking. The Company must also file reports with and provide additional information to the Federal Reserve. Under the Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999, a bank holding company may apply to the Federal Reserve to become a financial holding company, and thereby engage (directly or through a subsidiary) in certain expanded activities deemed financial in nature, such as securities and insurance underwriting.

Holding Company Bank Ownership. The BHCA requires every bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before 1) acquiring, directly or indirectly, ownership or control of any voting shares of another bank or bank holding company if, after such acquisition, it would own or control more than 5 percent of such shares; 2) acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of another bank or bank holding company; or 3) merging or consolidating with another bank holding company.

Holding Company Control of Nonbanks. With some exceptions, the BHCA also prohibits a bank holding company from acquiring or retaining direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5 percent of the voting shares of any company that is not a bank or bank holding company, or from engaging directly or indirectly in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks or providing services for its subsidiaries. The principal exceptions to these prohibitions involve certain non-bank activities that, by federal statute, agency regulation or order, have been identified as activities closely related to the business of banking or of managing or controlling banks.

Transactions with Affiliates. Bank subsidiaries of a bank holding company are subject to restrictions imposed by the Federal Reserve Act on extensions of credit to the holding company or its subsidiaries, on investments in securities, and on the use of securities as collateral for loans to any borrower. These regulations and restrictions may limit the Company’s ability to obtain funds from the Bank for its cash needs, including funds for payment of dividends, interest and operational expenses.

Tying Arrangements. The Company is prohibited from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, sale or lease of property or furnishing of services. For example, with certain exceptions, neither the Company nor the Bank may condition an extension of credit to a customer on either 1) a requirement that the customer obtain additional services provided by the Company or the Bank or 2) an agreement by the customer to refrain from obtaining other services from a competitor.

Support of Bank Subsidiaries. Under Federal Reserve policy and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”), the Company is expected to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to the Bank. This means that the Company is required to commit, as necessary, resources to support the Bank. Any capital loans a bank holding company makes to its bank subsidiaries are subordinate to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of the bank subsidiaries.

State Law Restrictions. As a Montana corporation, the Company is subject to certain limitations and restrictions under applicable Montana corporate law. For example, state law restrictions in Montana include limitations and restrictions relating to indemnification of directors, distributions to shareholders, transactions involving directors, officers or interested shareholders, maintenance of books, records and minutes, and observance of certain corporate formalities.

Federal and State Regulation of the Bank
General. Deposits in Glacier Bank, a Montana state-chartered bank with branches in Montana, Colorado, Idaho, Utah, Washington and Wyoming, are insured by the FDIC. The Bank is subject to regulation and supervision by the Montana Department of Administration's Banking and Financial Institutions Division and the FDIC. In addition, with respect to branches of the Bank outside of Montana, Glacier is subject to regulation and supervision by the applicable state banking regulators. The federal laws that apply to the Bank regulate, among other things, the scope of its business, its investments, its reserves against deposits, the timing of the availability of deposited funds, and the nature, amount of, and collateral for loans. Federal laws also regulate community reinvestment and insider credit transactions and impose safety and soundness standards.


5

Table of Contents

Consumer Protection. The Bank is subject to a variety of federal and state consumer protection laws and regulations that govern their relationship with consumers including laws and regulations that impose certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which the Bank takes deposits, make and collect loans, and provide other services. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may subject the Bank to various penalties, including but not limited to, enforcement actions, injunctions, fines, civil liability, criminal penalties, punitive damages, and the loss of certain contractual rights.

Community Reinvestment. The Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 ("CRA") requires that, in connection with examinations of financial institutions within their jurisdiction, federal bank regulators must evaluate the record of financial institutions in meeting the credit needs of their local communities, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of those banks. A bank’s community reinvestment record is also considered by the applicable banking agencies in evaluating mergers, acquisitions, and applications to open a branch or facility.

Insider Credit Transactions. Banks are also subject to certain restrictions on extensions of credit to executive officers, directors, principal shareholders, and their related interests. Extensions of credit 1) must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are at least as stringent, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons not related to the lending bank; and 2) must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. Banks are also subject to certain lending limits and restrictions on overdrafts to insiders. A violation of these restrictions may result in the assessment of substantial civil monetary penalties, regulatory enforcement actions, and other regulatory sanctions.

Regulation of Management. Federal law 1) sets forth circumstances under which officers or directors of a bank may be removed by the institution’s federal supervisory agency; 2) places restraints on lending by a bank to its executive officers, directors, principal shareholders, and their related interests; and 3) generally prohibits management personnel of a bank from serving as directors or in other management positions of another financial institution whose assets exceed a specified amount or which has an office within a specified geographic area.

Safety and Soundness Standards. Certain non-capital safety and soundness standards are also imposed upon banks. These standards cover, among other things, internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, compensation, fees and benefits, such other operational and managerial standards as the agency determines to be appropriate, and standards for asset quality, earnings and stock valuation. An institution that fails to meet these standards may be subject to regulatory sanctions.

Interstate Banking and Branching
The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (“Interstate Act”) together with the Dodd-Frank Act relaxed prior interstate branching restrictions under federal law by permitting, subject to regulatory approval, state and federally chartered commercial banks to establish branches in states where the laws permit banks chartered in such states to establish branches. The Interstate Act requires regulators to consult with community organizations before permitting an interstate institution to close a branch in a low-income area. Federal bank regulations prohibit banks from using their interstate branches primarily for deposit production and federal bank regulatory agencies have implemented a loan-to-deposit ratio screen to ensure compliance with this prohibition.

Dividends
A principal source of the Company’s cash is from dividends received from the Bank, which are subject to government regulation and limitation. Regulatory authorities may prohibit banks and bank holding companies from paying dividends in a manner that would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice. In addition, a bank may not pay cash dividends if that payment could reduce the amount of its capital below that necessary to meet minimum applicable regulatory capital requirements. The Bank is subject to Montana state law and cannot declare a dividend greater than the previous two years' net earnings without providing notice to the state. Additionally, current guidance from the Federal Reserve provides, among other things, that dividends per share on the Company’s common stock generally should not exceed earnings per share, measured over the previous four fiscal quarters.

Capital Adequacy
Regulatory Capital Guidelines. Federal bank regulatory agencies use capital adequacy guidelines in the examination and regulation of bank holding companies and banks. The guidelines are “risk-based,” meaning that they are designed to make capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banks and bank holding companies.

Tier I and Tier II Capital. Under the guidelines, an institution’s capital is divided into two broad categories, Tier I capital and Tier II capital. Tier I capital generally consists of common shareholders’ equity (including surplus and undivided profits), qualifying non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, and qualified minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries. Tier II capital generally consists of the allowance for loan and lease losses, hybrid capital instruments, and qualifying subordinated debt. The sum of Tier I capital and Tier II capital represents an institution’s total capital. The guidelines require that at least 50 percent of an institution’s total capital consist of Tier I capital.

6

Table of Contents

Risk-based Capital Ratios. The adequacy of an institution’s capital is gauged primarily with reference to the institution’s risk-weighted assets. The guidelines assign risk weightings to an institution’s assets in an effort to quantify the relative risk of each asset and to determine the minimum capital required to support that risk. An institution’s risk-weighted assets are then compared with its Tier I capital and total capital to arrive at a Tier I risk-based capital ratio and a Total risk-based capital ratio, respectively. The guidelines provide that an institution must have a minimum Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 4 percent and a minimum Total risk-based capital ratio of 8 percent.

Leverage Ratio. The guidelines also employ a leverage ratio, which is Tier I capital as a percentage of average total assets, less intangibles. The principal objective of the leverage ratio is to constrain the maximum degree to which banks may leverage its equity capital base. The minimum leverage ratio is 4 percent.

Prompt Corrective Action. Under the guidelines, an institution is assigned to one of five capital categories depending on its Total risk-based capital ratio, Tier I risk-based capital ratio, and leverage ratio, together with certain subjective factors. The categories range from “well capitalized” to “critically undercapitalized.” Institutions that are “undercapitalized” or lower are subject to certain mandatory supervisory corrective actions. At each successively lower capital category, an insured bank is subject to increased restrictions on its operations. During these challenging economic times, the federal banking regulators have actively enforced these provisions.

Regulatory Oversight and Examination
The Federal Reserve conducts periodic inspections of bank holding companies, which are performed both onsite and offsite. The supervisory objectives of the inspection program are to ascertain whether the financial strength of a bank holding company is maintained on an ongoing basis and to determine the effects or consequences of transactions between a bank holding company or its non-banking subsidiaries and its bank subsidiaries. For bank holding companies under $10 billion in assets, the inspection type and frequency varies depending on asset size, complexity of the organization, and the bank holding company’s rating at its last inspection.

Banks are subject to periodic examinations by their primary regulators. Bank examinations have evolved from reliance on transaction testing in assessing a bank’s condition to a risk-focused approach. These examinations are extensive and cover the entire breadth of operations of a bank. Generally, safety and soundness examinations occur on an 18-month cycle for banks under $500 million in total assets that are well capitalized and without regulatory issues, and 12-months otherwise. Examinations alternate between the federal and state bank regulatory agency or may occur on a combined schedule. The frequency of consumer compliance and CRA examinations is linked to the size of the institution and its compliance and CRA ratings at its most recent examinations. However, the examination authority of the Federal Reserve and the FDIC allows them to examine supervised banks as frequently as deemed necessary based on the condition of the bank or as a result of certain triggering events.

Corporate Governance and Accounting
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Act”) addresses, among other things, corporate governance, auditing and accounting, enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information, and penalties for non-compliance. Generally, the Act 1) requires chief executive officers and chief financial officers to certify to the accuracy of periodic reports filed with the SEC; 2) imposes specific and enhanced corporate disclosure requirements; 3) accelerates the time frame for reporting of insider transactions and periodic disclosures by public companies; 4) requires companies to adopt and disclose information about corporate governance practices, including whether or not they have adopted a code of ethics for senior financial officers and whether the audit committee includes at least one “audit committee financial expert;” and 5) requires the SEC, based on certain enumerated factors, to regularly and systematically review corporate filings.

As a publicly reporting company, the Company is subject to the requirements of the Act and related rules and regulations issued by the SEC and NASDAQ. After enactment, the Company updated its policies and procedures to comply with the Act’s requirements and has found that such compliance, including compliance with Section 404 of the Act relating to the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, has resulted in significant additional expense for the Company. The Company anticipates that it will continue to incur such additional expense in its ongoing compliance.

Anti-Terrorism
USA Patriot Act of 2001. The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, intended to combat terrorism, was renewed with certain amendments in 2006 (“Patriot Act”). The Patriot Act, in relevant part, 1) prohibits banks from providing correspondent accounts directly to foreign shell banks; 2) imposes due diligence requirements on banks opening or holding accounts for foreign financial institutions or wealthy foreign individuals; 3) requires financial institutions to establish an anti-money-laundering compliance program; and 4) eliminates civil liability for persons who file suspicious activity reports.


7

Table of Contents

Financial Services Modernization
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999 (“GLB Act”) brought about significant changes to the laws affecting banks and bank holding companies. Generally, the GLB Act 1) repeals historical restrictions on preventing banks from affiliating with securities firms; 2) provides a uniform framework for the activities of banks, savings institutions and their holding companies; 3) broadens the activities that may be conducted by national banks and banking subsidiaries of bank holding companies; 4) provides an enhanced framework for protecting the privacy of consumer information and requires notification to consumers of bank privacy policies; and 5) addresses a variety of other legal and regulatory issues affecting both day-to-day operations and long-term activities of financial institutions. Bank holding companies that qualify and elect to become financial holding companies can engage in a wider variety of financial activities than permitted under previous law, particularly with respect to insurance and securities underwriting activities.

The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008
Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008. In response to market turmoil and financial crises affecting the overall banking system and financial markets in the United States, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”) was enacted on October 3, 2008. EESA provides the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”) with broad authority to implement certain actions intended to help restore stability and liquidity to the U.S. financial markets.

Troubled Asset Relief Program. Under the EESA, the Treasury has authority, among other things, to purchase up to $700 billion in mortgage loans, mortgage-related securities and certain other financial instruments, including debt and equity securities issued by financial institutions pursuant to the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”). The purpose of TARP is to restore confidence and stability to the U.S. banking system and to encourage financial institutions to increase lending to customers and to each other. Pursuant to the EESA, the Treasury was initially authorized to use $350 billion for TARP. Of this amount, the Treasury allocated $250 billion to the TARP Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”), which funds were used to purchase preferred stock from qualifying financial institutions. After receiving preliminary approval from Treasury to participate in the program, the Company elected not to participate in light of its capital position and due to its ability to raise capital successfully in private equity markets.

Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. Another program established pursuant to the EESA is the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”), which 1) removed the limit on FDIC deposit insurance coverage for non-interest bearing transaction accounts through December 31, 2009, and 2) provided FDIC backing for certain types of senior unsecured debt issued from October 14, 2008 through June 30, 2009. The end-date for issuing senior unsecured debt was later extended to October 31, 2009 and the FDIC also extended the Transaction Account Guarantee portion of the TLGP through December 31, 2010. In November 2010, the FDIC issued a final rule to implement provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act that provides for temporary unlimited coverage for non-interest-bearing transaction accounts. The separate coverage for non-interest-bearing transaction accounts became effective on December 31, 2010 and expired on December 31, 2012.

Deposit Insurance
The Bank's deposits are insured under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, up to the maximum applicable limits and are subject to deposit insurance assessments designed to tie what banks pay for deposit insurance to the risks they pose. The Dodd-Frank Act broadened the base for FDIC insurance assessments. Assessments are now based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act raised the minimum designated reserve ratio (the FDIC is required to set the reserve ratio each year) of the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) from 1.15 percent to 1.35 percent; requires that the DIF meet that minimum ratio of insured deposits by 2020; and eliminates the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to insured depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds. The FDIC has established a higher reserve ratio of 2 percent as a long-term goal beyond what is required by statute. The deposit insurance assessments to be paid by the Bank could increase as a result.

Insurance of Deposit Accounts. The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”) included a provision for a temporary increase from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor in deposit insurance. The temporary increase was made permanent under the Dodd-Frank Act. The FDIC insurance coverage limit applies per depositor, per insured depository institution for each account ownership category. EESA also temporarily raised the limit on federal deposit insurance coverage to an unlimited amount for non-interest or low-interest bearing demand deposits. Unlimited coverage for non-interest transaction accounts expired December 31, 2012.

Recent Legislation
Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. As a result of the recent financial crises, on July 21, 2010 the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law. The Dodd-Frank Act significantly changed the bank regulatory structure and is affecting the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies, including the Company and the Bank. The full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for years. Some of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act that may impact the Company's business are summarized below.


8

Table of Contents

Under the Dodd-Frank Act, trust preferred securities will generally be excluded from the Tier 1 capital of a bank holding company between $500 million and $15 billion in assets unless such securities were issued prior to May 19, 2010.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires publicly traded companies to provide their shareholders with 1) a non-binding shareholder vote on executive compensation; 2) a non-binding shareholder vote on the frequency of such vote; 3) disclosure of “golden parachute” arrangements in connection with specified change in control transactions; and 4) a non-binding shareholder vote on golden parachute arrangements in connection with these change in control transactions. Except with respect to “smaller reporting companies” and participants in the CPP, the new rules applied to proxy statements relating to annual meetings of shareholders held after January 20, 2011. “Smaller reporting companies,” those with a public float of less than $75 million, are required to include the non-binding shareholder votes on executive compensation and the frequency thereof in proxy statements relating to annual meetings occurring on or after January 21, 2013.

The Dodd-Frank Act generally prohibits a depository institution from converting from a state to federal charter, or vice versa, while it is the subject to an enforcement action unless the depository institution seeks prior approval from its regulator and complies with specified procedures to ensure compliance with the enforcement action.

The Dodd-Frank Act created a new, independent federal agency called the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (“CFPB”). The CFPB has broad rulemaking, supervision and enforcement authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws applicable to banks and thrifts with greater than $10 billion in assets. Smaller institutions are subject to certain rules promulgated by the CFPB but will continue to be examined and supervised by their federal banking regulators for compliance purposes.

The Dodd-Frank Act repeals the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts.

Proposed Legislation
General. Proposed legislation is introduced in almost every legislative session. Certain of such legislation could dramatically affect the regulation of the banking industry. The Company cannot predict if any such legislation will be adopted or if it is adopted how it would affect the business of the Company or the Bank. Recent history has demonstrated that new legislation or changes to existing laws or regulations usually results in a greater compliance burden and, therefore, generally increases the cost of doing business.

Basel III. Basel III updates and revises significantly the current international bank capital accords (so-called “Basel I” and “Basel II”). Basel III is intended to be implemented by participating countries for large, internationally active banks. However, standards consistent with Basel III will be formally implemented in the United States through a series of regulations, some of which may apply to other banks. Among other things, Basel III creates “Tier 1 common equity,” a new measure of regulatory capital closer to pure tangible common equity than the present Tier 1 definition. Basel III also increases minimum capital ratios. Capital buffers are added to each capital ratio to enable banks to absorb losses during a stressed period while remaining above their regulatory minimum ratios. The full impact of the Basel III rules cannot be determined at this time as many regulations are still being written and the implementation date has not yet been finalized.

Effects of Federal Government Monetary Policy
The Company’s earnings and growth are affected not only by general economic conditions, but also by the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government, particularly the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve implements national monetary policy for such purposes as curbing inflation and combating recession, but its open market operations in U.S. government securities, control of the discount rate applicable to borrowings from the Federal Reserve, and establishment of reserve requirements against certain deposits, influence the growth of bank loans, investments and deposits, and also affect interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits. The nature and impact of future changes in monetary policies and their impact on the Company or the Bank cannot be predicted with certainty.



9

Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors

An investment in the Company's common stock involves certain risks. The following is a discussion of the most significant risks and uncertainties that may affect the Company’s business, financial condition and future results.

The continued challenging economic environment could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s future results of operations or the market price of stock.
The national economy, and the financial services sector in particular, are still facing significant challenges. Substantially all of the Company’s loans are to businesses and individuals in Montana, Idaho, Wyoming, Utah, Colorado and Washington markets facing many of the same challenges as the national economy, including continued unemployment and slow recovery in commercial and residential real estate. Although some economic indicators are improving both nationally and in the Company’s markets, there remains substantial uncertainty regarding when and how strongly a sustained economic recovery will occur, and whether there will be another recession. These economic conditions can cause borrowers to be unable to pay their loans. The inability of borrowers to repay loans can erode earnings by reducing net interest income and by requiring the Company to add to its allowance for loan and lease losses (“ALLL” or “allowance”). While the Company cannot accurately predict how long these conditions may exist, the challenging economy could continue to present risks for some time for the industry and Company. A further deterioration in economic conditions in the nation as a whole or in the Company’s markets could result in the following consequences, any of which could have an adverse impact, which may be material, on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and could also cause the market price of the Company’s stock to decline:
loan delinquencies may increase;
problem assets and foreclosures may increase;
collateral for loans made may decline in value, in turn reducing customers’ borrowing power, reducing the value of assets and collateral associated with existing loans and increasing the potential severity of loss in the event of loan defaults;
demand for banking products and services may decline; and
low cost or non-interest bearing deposits may decrease.

The allowance for loan and lease losses may not be adequate to cover actual loan losses, which could adversely affect earnings.
The Company maintains an allowance in an amount that it believes is adequate to provide for losses in the loan portfolio. While the Company strives to carefully manage and monitor credit quality and to identify loans that may become non-performing, at any time there are loans included in the portfolio that will result in losses, but that have not been identified as non-performing or potential problem loans. With respect to real estate loans and property taken in satisfaction of such loans (“other real estate owned” or “OREO”), the Company can be required to recognize significant declines in the value of the underlying real estate collateral or OREO quite suddenly as values are updated through appraisals and evaluations (new or updated) performed in the normal course of monitoring the credit quality of the loans. There are many factors that can cause the value of real estate to decline, including declines in the general real estate market, changes in methodology applied by appraisers, and/or using a different appraiser than was used for the prior appraisal or evaluation. The Company’s ability to recover on real estate loans by selling or disposing of the underlying real estate collateral is adversely impacted by declining values, which increases the likelihood the Company will suffer losses on defaulted loans beyond the amounts provided for in the ALLL. This, in turn, could require material increases in the Company’s provision for loan losses and ALLL. By closely monitoring credit quality, the Company attempts to identify deteriorating loans before they become non-performing assets and adjust the ALLL accordingly. However, because future events are uncertain, and if difficult economic conditions continue or worsen, there may be loans that deteriorate to a non-performing status in an accelerated time frame. As a result, future additions to the ALLL may be necessary. Because the loan portfolio contains a number of loans with relatively large balances, the deterioration of one or a few of these loans may cause a significant increase in non-performing loans, requiring an increase to the ALLL. Additionally, future significant additions to the ALLL may be required based on changes in the mix of loans comprising the portfolio, changes in the financial condition of borrowers, which may result from changes in economic conditions, or changes in the assumptions used in determining the ALLL. Additionally, federal banking regulators, as an integral part of their supervisory function, periodically review the Company’s loan portfolio and the adequacy of the ALLL. These regulatory agencies may require the Company to recognize further loan loss provisions or charge-offs based upon their judgments, which may be different from the Company’s judgments. Any increase in the ALLL would have an adverse effect, which could be material, on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company has a high concentration of loans secured by real estate, so any further deterioration in the real estate markets could require material increases in the ALLL and adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
The Company has a high degree of concentration in loans secured by real estate. A sluggish recovery in the real estate markets could adversely impact borrowers' ability to repay loans secured by real estate and the value of real estate collateral, thereby increasing the credit risk associated with the loan portfolio. The Company's ability to recover on these loans by selling or disposing of the underlying real estate collateral is adversely impacted by declining real estate values, which increases the likelihood that the Company will suffer losses on defaulted loans secured by real estate beyond the amounts provided for in the ALLL. This, in turn, could require material increases in the ALLL which would adversely affect the Company's financial condition and results of operations, perhaps materially.


10

Table of Contents

There can be no assurance the Company will be able to continue paying dividends on the common stock at recent levels.
The Company declared dividends of $0.53 per share in 2012 and declared dividends of $0.52 per share in 2011. The Company may not be able to continue paying quarterly dividends commensurate with recent levels given that the ability to pay dividends on the Company’s common stock depends on a variety of factors. The payment of dividends is subject to government regulation in that regulatory authorities may prohibit banks and bank holding companies from paying dividends that would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice. Current guidance from the Federal Reserve provides, among other things, that dividends per share should not exceed earnings per share measured over the previous four fiscal quarters. The Bank is also subject to Montana state law and cannot declare a dividend greater than the previous two years' net earnings without providing notice to the state. As a result, future dividends will generally depend on the sufficiency of earnings.

The Company may not be able to continue to grow organically or through acquisitions.
Historically, the Company has expanded through a combination of organic growth and acquisitions. If market and regulatory conditions remain challenging, the Company may be unable to grow organically or successfully complete or integrate potential future acquisitions. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that the Company can successfully complete such transactions, since they are subject to regulatory review and approval.

The expiration of unlimited FDIC insurance on certain noninterest-bearing transaction accounts may increase the Company's interest expense and reduce liquidity.
On December 31, 2012, unlimited FDIC insurance on certain noninterest-bearing transaction accounts under the Transaction Account Guarantee (“TAG”) program expired. Prior to its expiration, all funds under TAG in a noninterest-bearing transaction account were insured in full by the FDIC from December 31, 2010, through December 31, 2012. This temporary unlimited coverage was in addition to, and separate from, the coverage of at least $250,000 available to depositors under the FDIC's general deposit insurance rules.  The reduction in FDIC insurance on these noninterest-bearing transaction accounts to the standard $250,000 maximum may cause depositors to move funds previously held in such noninterest-bearing accounts to interest-bearing accounts, which could increase the Company's costs of funds and negatively impact its results of operations, or may cause depositors to withdraw their deposits and invest funds in investments perceived as being more secure.  This could reduce the Company's liquidity, or require the payment of higher interest rates to retain deposits in order to maintain liquidity and could adversely affect the Company's earnings.

The FDIC has adopted a plan to increase the federal Deposit Insurance Fund, including additional future premium increases and special assessments.
The Dodd-Frank Act broadened the base for FDIC insurance assessments and assessments are now based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act established 1.35 percent as the minimum Deposit Insurance Fund reserve ratio. The FDIC has determined that the fund reserve ratio should be 2.0 percent and has adopted a plan under which it will meet the statutory minimum fund reserve ratio of 1.35 percent by the statutory deadline of September 30, 2020. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the FDIC to offset the effect on institutions with assets less than $10 billion of the increase in the statutory minimum fund reserve ratio to 1.35 percent from the former statutory minimum of 1.15 percent. As a result, the deposit insurance assessments to be paid by the Company could increase.

Despite the FDIC’s actions to restore the Deposit Insurance Fund, the fund will suffer additional losses in the future due to failures of insured institutions. There could be additional significant deposit insurance premium increases, special assessments or prepayments in order to restore the insurance fund’s reserve ratio. Any significant premium increases or special assessments could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company’s loan portfolio mix increases the exposure to credit risks tied to deteriorating conditions.
The loan portfolio contains a high percentage of commercial, commercial real estate, real estate acquisition and development loans in relation to the total loans and total assets. These types of loans have historically been viewed as having more risk of default than residential real estate loans or certain other types of loans or investments. In fact, the FDIC has issued pronouncements alerting banks of its concern about banks with a heavy concentration of commercial real estate loans. These types of loans also typically are larger than residential real estate loans and other commercial loans. Because the Company’s loan portfolio contains a significant number of commercial and commercial real estate loans with relatively large balances, the deterioration of one or more of these loans may cause a significant increase in non-performing loans. An increase in non-performing loans could result in a loss of earnings from these loans, an increase in the provision for loan losses, or an increase in loan charge-offs, which could have a material adverse impact on results of operations and financial condition.


11

Table of Contents

Non-performing assets could increase, which could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.
Non-performing assets (which include OREO) adversely affect the Company’s net income and financial condition in various ways. The Company does not record interest income on non-accrual loans or OREO, thereby adversely affecting its income. When the Company takes collateral in foreclosures and similar proceedings, it is required to mark the related asset to the then fair value of the collateral, less estimated cost to sell, which may result in a charge-off of the value of the asset and lead the Company to increase the provision for loan losses. An increase in the level of non-performing assets also increases the Company’s risk profile and may impact the capital levels its regulators believe are appropriate in light of such risks. Continued decreases in the value of these assets, or the underlying collateral, or in these borrowers’ performance or financial condition, whether or not due to economic and market conditions beyond the Company’s control, could adversely affect the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition, perhaps materially. In addition to the carrying costs to maintain OREO, the resolution of non-performing assets increases the Company’s loan administration costs generally, and requires significant commitments of time from management and the Company’s directors, which reduces the time they have to focus on profitably growing the Company’s business. The Company may experience further increases in non-performing assets in the future.

A decline in the fair value of the Company’s investment portfolio could adversely affect earnings.
The fair value of the Company’s investment securities could decline as a result of factors including changes in market interest rates, credit quality and credit ratings, lack of market liquidity and other economic conditions. An investment security is impaired if the fair value of the security is less than the carrying value. When a security is impaired, the Company determines whether the impairment is temporary or other-than-temporary. If an impairment is determined to be other-than temporary, an impairment loss is recognized by reducing the amortized cost only for the credit loss associated with the other-than-temporary loss with a corresponding charge to earnings for a like amount. Any such impairment charge would have an adverse effect, which could be material, on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

With relatively soft loan demand and increased market liquidity, the investment securities portfolio has grown significantly and represented 48 percent of total assets at December 31, 2012. While the Company believes that the terms of such investments have been kept relatively short, the Company is subject to elevated interest rate risk exposure if rates were to increase sharply. Further, the change in the mix of the Company’s assets to more investment securities presents a different type of asset quality risk than the loan portfolio. While the Company believes a relatively conservative management approach has been applied to the investment portfolio, there is always potential loss exposure under changing economic conditions.

Recent and/or future U.S. federal government credit downgrades or changes in outlook by major credit rating agencies may have an adverse effect on financial markets, including financial institutions and the financial industry.
In August 2011, Standard and Poor’s downgraded the United States long-term debt rating from its AAA rating to AA+. On August 8, 2011, Standard and Poor’s downgraded from AAA to AA+ the credit ratings of certain long-term debt instruments issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and other U.S. government agencies linked to long-term United States debt. It is difficult to predict the effect of these actions, or any future downgrades or changes in outlook by Standard & Poor’s or either of the other two major credit rating agencies. However, these events could impact the trading market for U.S. government securities, including U.S. agency securities, and the securities markets more broadly, and consequently could impact the value and liquidity of financial assets, including assets in the Company’s investment portfolio. These actions could also create broader financial turmoil and uncertainty, which may negatively affect the global banking system and limit the availability of funding, including borrowing under securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”), at reasonable terms. In turn, this could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.

Fluctuating interest rates can adversely affect profitability.
The Company’s profitability is dependent to a large extent upon net interest income, which is the difference (or “spread”) between the interest earned on loans, investment securities and other interest-earning assets and interest paid on deposits, borrowings, and other interest-bearing liabilities. Because of the differences in maturities and repricing characteristics of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, changes in interest rates do not produce equivalent changes in interest income earned on interest-earning assets and interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Accordingly, fluctuations in interest rates could adversely affect the Company’s interest rate spread, and, in turn, profitability. The Company seeks to manage its interest rate risk within well established policies and guidelines. Generally, the Company seeks an asset and liability structure that insulates net interest income from large deviations attributable to changes in market rates. However, the Company’s structures and practices to manage interest rate risk may not be effective in a highly volatile rate environment.

Interest rate swaps expose the Company to certain risks, and may not be effective in mitigating exposure to changes in interest rates.
The Company has entered into interest rate swap agreements in order to manage a portion of the risk to interest rate volatility. The Company anticipates that additional interest rate swaps may be entered into in the future. These swap agreements involve other risks, such as the risk that counterparties may fail to honor their obligations under these arrangements, leaving the Company vulnerable to interest rate movements. There can be no assurance that these arrangements will be effective in reducing the Company’s exposure to changes in interest rates.


12

Table of Contents

If goodwill recorded in connection with acquisitions becomes additionally impaired, it could have an adverse impact on earnings and capital.
Accounting standards require the Company to account for acquisitions using the acquisition method of accounting. Under acquisition accounting, if the purchase price of an acquired company exceeds the fair value of its net assets, the excess is carried on the acquirer’s balance sheet as goodwill. In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, goodwill is not amortized but rather is evaluated for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that a potential impairment exists. The Company's goodwill was not considered impaired as of December 31, 2012; however, the Company incurred an impairment of goodwill of $40.2 million ($32.6 million after-tax) during the third quarter of 2011. The Company continues to maintain $106 million in goodwill on its balance sheet and there can be no assurance that future evaluations of goodwill will not result in findings of additional impairment and write-downs, which could be material. While a non-cash item, additional impairment of goodwill could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, additional impairment of goodwill could subject the Company to regulatory limitations, including the ability to pay dividends on its common stock.

Growth through future acquisitions could, in some circumstances, adversely affect profitability or other performance measures.
The Company may in the future engage in selected acquisitions of additional financial institutions. There are risks associated with any such acquisitions that could adversely affect profitability and other performance measures. These risks include, among other things, incorrectly assessing the asset quality of a financial institution being acquired, encountering greater than anticipated cost of integrating acquired businesses into the Company’s operations, and being unable to profitably deploy funds acquired in an acquisition. The Company may not be able to continue to grow through acquisitions, and if it does, there is a risk of negative impacts of such acquisitions on the Company’s operating results and financial condition.

The Company anticipates that it might issue capital stock in connection with future acquisitions. Acquisitions and related issuances of stock may have a dilutive effect on earnings per share and the percentage ownership of current shareholders.

A tightening of the credit markets may make it difficult to obtain adequate funding for loan growth, which could adversely affect earnings.
A tightening of the credit markets and the inability to obtain or retain adequate funds for continued loan growth at an acceptable cost may negatively affect the Company's asset growth and liquidity position and, therefore, earnings capability. In addition to core deposit growth, maturity of investment securities and loan payments, the Company also relies on alternative funding sources through correspondent banking and borrowings with the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") to fund loan growth. In the event the economy continues to see a slow recovery, particularly in the housing market, these resources could be negatively affected, both as to price and availability, which would limit and or raise the cost of the funds available to the Company.

The Company may pursue additional capital in the future, which could dilute the holders of the Company’s outstanding common stock and may adversely affect the market price of common stock.
In the current economic environment, the Company believes it is prudent to consider alternatives for raising capital when opportunities to raise capital at attractive prices present themselves, in order to further strengthen the Company’s capital and better position itself to take advantage of opportunities that may arise in the future. Such alternatives may include issuance and sale of common or preferred stock or borrowings by the Company, with proceeds contributed to the Bank. Any such capital raising alternatives could dilute the holders of the Company’s outstanding common stock, and may adversely affect the market price of the Company’s common stock and performance measures such as earnings per share.

Business would be harmed if the Company lost the services of any of the senior management team.
The Company believes its success to date has been substantially dependent on its Chief Executive Officer ("CEO") and other members of the executive management team, and on the Presidents of its bank divisions. The loss of any of these persons could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business and future growth prospects.

Competition in the Company’s market areas may limit future success.
Commercial banking is a highly competitive business. The Company competes with other commercial banks, savings and loans, credit unions, finance, insurance and other non-depository companies operating in its market areas. The Company is subject to substantial competition for loans and deposits from other financial institutions. Some of its competitors are not subject to the same degree of regulation and restriction as the Company. Some of the Company’s competitors have greater financial resources than the Company. If the Company is unable to effectively compete in its market areas, the Company’s business, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.


13

Table of Contents

A failure in or breach of the Company's operational or security systems, or those of the Company's third party service providers, including as a result of cyber attacks, could disrupt business, result in the disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary information, damage the Company's reputation, increase costs and cause losses.
The Company's operations rely heavily on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information on the its computer systems and networks. Any failure, interruption or breach in security or operational integrity of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in the Company's online banking system, customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit and loan servicing and other systems. The security and integrity of the Company's systems could be threatened by a variety of interruptions or information security breaches, including those caused by computer hacking, cyber attacks, electronic fraudulent activity or attempted theft of financial assets. The Company cannot assure that any such failures, interruption or security breaches will not occur, or if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. While the Company has certain protective policies and procedures in place, the nature and sophistication of the threats continue to evolve. The Company may be required to expend significant additional resources in the future to modify and enhance its protective measures.

Additionally, the Company faces the risk of operational disruption, failure, termination or capacity constraints of any of the third parties that facilitate its business activities, including exchanges, clearing agents, clearing houses or other financial intermediaries. Such parties could also be the source of an attack on, or breach of, the Company's operational systems.

Any failures, interruptions or security breaches in the Company's information systems could damage its reputation, result in a loss of customer business, result in a violation of privacy or other laws, or expose the Company to civil litigation, regulatory fines or losses not covered by insurance.

The Company operates in a highly regulated environment and changes or increases in, or supervisory enforcement of, banking or other laws and regulations or governmental fiscal or monetary policies could adversely affect the Company.
The Company is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by federal and state banking authorities. In addition, as a publicly-traded company, the Company is subject to regulation by the SEC. Any change in applicable regulations or federal, state or local legislation or in policies or interpretations or regulatory approaches to compliance and enforcement, income tax laws and accounting principles could have a substantial impact on the Company and its operations. Changes in laws and regulations may also increase expenses by imposing additional fees or taxes or restrictions on operations. Additional legislation and regulations that could significantly affect powers, authority and operations may be enacted or adopted in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. Failure to appropriately comply with any such laws, regulations or principles could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies or damage to the Company’s reputation, all of which could adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

In that regard, sweeping financial regulatory reform legislation was enacted in July 2010. Among other provisions, the new legislation 1) creates a new CFPB with broad powers to regulate consumer financial products such as credit cards and mortgages; 2) creates a Financial Stability Oversight Council comprised of the heads of other regulatory agencies; 3) will lead to new capital requirements from federal banking regulatory agencies; 4) places new limits on electronic debt card interchange fees; and 5) requires the SEC and national stock exchanges to adopt significant new corporate governance and executive compensation reforms. The new legislation and regulations are expected to increase the overall costs of regulatory compliance.

Further, regulators have significant discretion and authority to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound practices or violations of laws or regulations by financial institutions and bank holding companies in the performance of their supervisory and enforcement duties. Recently, these powers have been utilized more frequently due to the challenging national, regional and local economic conditions. The exercise of regulatory authority may have a negative impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, the Company’s business is affected significantly by the fiscal and monetary policies of the U.S. federal government and its agencies, including the Federal Reserve Board.

The Company cannot accurately predict the full effects of recent legislation or the various other governmental, regulatory, monetary and fiscal initiatives which have been and may be enacted on the financial markets and on the Company. The terms and costs of these activities, or the failure of these actions to help stabilize the financial markets, asset prices, market liquidity and a continuation or worsening of current financial market and economic conditions could materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations, and the trading price of the Company’s common stock.


14

Table of Contents

The Company has various anti-takeover measures that could impede a takeover.
The Company’s articles of incorporation include certain provisions that could make more difficult the acquisition of the Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest, merger or otherwise. These provisions include a requirement that any “Business Combination” (as defined in the articles of incorporation) be approved by at least 80 percent of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares, unless it is either approved by the Board of Directors or certain price and procedural requirements are satisfied. In addition, the authorization of preferred stock, which is intended primarily as a financing tool and not as a defensive measure against takeovers, may potentially be used by management to make more difficult uninvited attempts to acquire control of the Company. These provisions may have the effect of lengthening the time required to acquire control of the Company through a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and may deter any potentially unfriendly offers or other efforts to obtain control of the Company. This could deprive the Company’s shareholders of opportunities to realize a premium for their Glacier Bancorp, Inc. common stock, even in circumstances where such action is favored by a majority of the Company’s shareholders.
 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None
 

Item 2. Properties

The following schedule provides information on the Company's 108 properties as of December 31, 2012:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Properties
Leased
 
Properties
Owned
 
Net Book
Value
Montana
6

 
49

 
$
72,645

Idaho
11

 
18

 
22,836

Wyoming
2

 
12

 
14,801

Colorado
1

 
2

 
2,885

Utah
1

 
3

 
2,507

Washington
1

 
2

 
1,230

 
22

 
86

 
$
116,904


The Company believes that all of its facilities are well maintained, generally adequate and suitable for the current operations of its business, as well as fully utilized. In the normal course of business, new locations and facility upgrades occur as needed.

For additional information regarding the Company’s premises and equipment and lease obligations, see Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”


Item 3. Legal Proceedings

The Company and its subsidiaries are parties to various claims, legal actions and complaints in the ordinary course of their businesses. In the Company’s opinion, all such matters are adequately covered by insurance, are without merit or are of such kind, or involve such amounts, that unfavorable disposition would not have a material adverse effect on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.


Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not Applicable



15

Table of Contents

PART II
 
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters
and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The Company’s stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol: GBCI. The primary market makers during 2012 are listed below:
 
 
Barclays Capital Inc./Le
  
Credit Suisse Securities USA
  
D.A. Davidson & Co., Inc.
 
Deutsche Banc Alex Brown
  
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
 
Instinet, LLC
 
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
 
Knight Capital Americas LLC
 
Latour Trading LLC
 
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner
  
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
  
RBC Capital Markets Corp.
 
SG Americas Securities LLC
 
Tradebot Systems, Inc.
  
UBS Securities LLC
 
Wedbush Securities Inc.
 
 
 
 

The market range of high and low closing prices for the Company’s common stock for the periods indicated are shown below. As of December 31, 2012, there were approximately 1,370 shareholders of record for the Company’s common stock.
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
High
 
Low
 
High
 
Low
First quarter
$
15.50

 
$
12.43

 
$
15.94

 
$
14.09

Second quarter
15.46

 
13.66

 
15.29

 
12.97

Third quarter
16.17

 
14.93

 
13.75

 
9.23

Fourth quarter
15.53

 
13.43

 
12.51

 
9.09


The Company paid cash dividends on its common stock of $0.53 and $0.52 per share for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Future cash dividends will depend on a variety of factors, including net income, capital, asset quality, general economic conditions and regulatory considerations. The following table summarizes the Company's dividends paid per quarter for the periods indicated:
 
2012
 
2011
First quarter
0.13

 
0.13

Second quarter
0.13

 
0.13

Third quarter
0.13

 
0.13

Fourth quarter
0.14

 
0.13


Unregistered Securities
There have been no securities of the Company sold within the last three years which were not registered under the Securities Act.

Issuer Stock Purchases
The Company made no stock repurchases during 2012.


16

Table of Contents

Equity Compensation Plan Information
The Company currently maintains the 2005 Employee Stock Incentive Plan which was approved by the shareholders and provides for the issuance of stock-based compensation to officers, other employees and directors. Although the 1994 Director Stock Option Plan expired in March 2009, there are issued options outstanding that have not been exercised as of December 31, 2012.

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding options and shares reserved for future issuance under the following plans as of December 31, 2012:
Plan Category
 
Number of Shares to be
Issued Upon Exercise of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
(a)
 
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
(b)
 
Number of Shares Remaining
Available for Future
Issuance Under Equity
Compensation Plans
(Excluding Shares
Reflected in Column (a))
(c)
Equity compensation plans approved by the shareholders
 
791,440

 
$
16.95

 
3,849,531


Stock Performance Graphs
The following graphs compare the yearly cumulative total return of the Company’s common stock over both a five-year and ten-year measurement period with the yearly cumulative total return on the stocks included in 1) the Russell 2000 Index, and 2) the SNL Bank Index comprised of banks and bank holding companies with total assets between $5 billion and $10 billion. Each of the cumulative total returns are computed assuming the reinvestment of dividends at the frequency with which dividends were paid during the applicable years.



17

Table of Contents



Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following financial data of the Company is derived from the Company’s historical audited financial statements and related notes. The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with "Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" contained elsewhere in this report.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compounded Annual
Growth Rate
 
December 31,
 
1-Year
2012/2011
 
5-Year
2012/2008
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2008
 
Selected Statement of Financial Condition Information
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
7,747,440

 
7,187,906

 
6,759,287

 
6,191,795

 
5,553,970

 
7.8
 %
 
10.0
 %
Investment securities, available-for-sale
3,683,005

 
3,126,743

 
2,395,847

 
1,443,817

 
929,147

 
17.8
 %
 
41.9
 %
Loans receivable, net
3,266,571

 
3,328,619

 
3,612,182

 
3,920,988

 
3,998,478

 
(1.9
)%
 
(1.5
)%
Allowance for loan and lease losses
(130,854
)
 
(137,516
)
 
(137,107
)
 
(142,927
)
 
(76,739
)
 
(4.8
)%
 
19.2
 %
Goodwill and intangibles
112,274

 
114,384

 
157,016

 
160,196

 
159,765

 
(1.8
)%
 
(6.2
)%
Deposits
5,364,461

 
4,821,213

 
4,521,902

 
4,100,152

 
3,262,475

 
11.3
 %
 
11.0
 %
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
997,013

 
1,069,046

 
965,141

 
790,367

 
338,456

 
(6.7
)%
 
13.1
 %
Repurchase agreements and other borrowed funds
299,540

 
268,638

 
269,408

 
451,251

 
1,110,731

 
11.5
 %
 
(5.7
)%
Stockholders’ equity
900,949

 
850,227

 
838,204

 
685,890

 
676,940

 
6.0
 %
 
11.3
 %
Equity per share
12.52

 
11.82

 
11.66

 
11.13

 
11.04

 
5.9
 %
 
4.9
 %
Equity as a percentage of total assets
11.63
%
 
11.83
%
 
12.40
%
 
11.08
%
 
12.19
%
 
(1.7
)%
 
1.2
 %

18

Table of Contents


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compounded Annual
Growth Rate
 
Years ended December 31,
 
1-Year
2012/2011
 
5-Year
2012/2008
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2008
 
Summary Statements of Operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
$
253,757

 
280,109

 
288,402

 
302,494

 
302,985

 
(9.4
)%
 
(3.6
)%
Interest expense
35,714

 
44,494

 
53,634

 
57,167

 
90,372

 
(19.7
)%
 
(21.7
)%
Net interest income
218,043

 
235,615

 
234,768

 
245,327

 
212,613

 
(7.5
)%
 
3.5
 %
Provision for loan losses
21,525

 
64,500

 
84,693

 
124,618

 
28,480

 
(66.6
)%
 
26.4
 %
Non-interest income
91,496

 
78,199

 
87,546

 
86,474

 
61,034

 
17.0
 %
 
7.1
 %
Non-interest expense 1
193,421

 
191,965

 
187,948

 
168,818

 
145,909

 
0.8
 %
 
7.0
 %
Income before income taxes 1
94,593

 
57,349

 
49,673

 
38,365

 
99,258

 
64.9
 %
 
(1.8
)%
Income tax expense 1
19,077

 
7,265

 
7,343

 
3,991

 
33,601

 
162.6
 %
 
(11.5
)%
Net income 1
$
75,516

 
50,084

 
42,330

 
34,374

 
65,657

 
50.8
 %
 
1.9
 %
Basic earnings per share 1
$
1.05

 
0.70

 
0.61

 
0.56

 
1.20

 
50.0
 %
 
(4.0
)%
Diluted earnings per share 1
$
1.05

 
0.70

 
0.61

 
0.56

 
1.19

 
50.0
 %
 
(3.9
)%
Dividends declared per share
$
0.53

 
0.52

 
0.52

 
0.52

 
0.52

 
1.9
 %
 
1.2
 %

 
At or for the Years ended December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2008
 
Selected Ratios and Other Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average assets 1
1.01
%
 
0.72
%
 
0.67
%
 
0.60
%
 
1.31
%
 
Return on average equity 1
8.54
%
 
5.78
%
 
5.18
%
 
4.97
%
 
11.63
%
 
Dividend payout ratio 1
50.48
%
 
74.29
%
 
85.25
%
 
92.86
%
 
43.33
%
 
Average equity to average asset ratio
11.84
%
 
12.39
%
 
12.96
%
 
12.16
%
 
11.23
%
 
Net interest margin on average earning assets (tax equivalent)
3.37
%
 
3.89
%
 
4.21
%
 
4.82
%
 
4.70
%
 
Efficiency ratio 2
54.02
%
 
51.34
%
 
51.35
%
 
47.47
%
 
49.94
%
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percent of loans
3.85
%
 
3.97
%
 
3.66
%
 
3.52
%
 
1.88
%
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percent of nonperforming loans
133
%
 
102
%
 
70
%
 
70
%
 
105
%
 
Non-performing assets as a percentage of subsidiary assets
1.87
%
 
2.92
%
 
3.91
%
 
4.13
%
 
1.46
%
 
Loans originated and acquired
$
2,238

 
1,650

 
1,935

 
2,431

 
2,457

 
Number of full time equivalent employees
1,677

 
1,653

 
1,674

 
1,643

 
1,571

 
Number of locations
108

 
106

 
105

 
106

 
101

 
__________
1 Excludes 2011 goodwill impairment charge of $32.6 million ($40.2 million pre-tax). For additional information on the goodwill impairment charge see the "Non-GAAP Financial Measures" section below.
2 Non-interest expense before other real estate owned expenses, core deposit intangibles amortization, goodwill impairment charges, and non-recurring expense items as a percentage of fully taxable equivalent net interest income and non-interest income, excluding gains or losses on sale of investments, other real estate owned income, and non-recurring income items.


19

Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures
In addition to the results presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), this Form 10-K contains certain non-GAAP financial measures. The Company believes that providing these non-GAAP financial measures provides investors with information useful in understanding the Company’s financial performance, performance trends, and financial position. While the Company uses these non-GAAP measures in its analysis of the Company’s performance, this information should not be considered an alternative to measurements required by GAAP. 
 
Year ended December 31, 2011
  
Goodwill
Impairment Charge,
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
GAAP
 
Net of Tax
 
Non-GAAP
Non-interest expense
$
232,124

 
(40,159
)
 
191,965

Income before income taxes
$
17,190

 
40,159

 
57,349

Income tax expense
$
(281
)
 
7,546

 
7,265

Net income
$
17,471

 
32,613

 
50,084

Basic earnings per share
$
0.24

 
0.46

 
0.70

Diluted earnings per share
$
0.24

 
0.46

 
0.70

Return on average assets
0.25
%
 
0.47
 %
 
0.72
%
Return on average equity
2.04
%
 
3.74
 %
 
5.78
%
Dividend payout ratio
216.67
%
 
(142.38
)%
 
74.29
%

The reconciling item between the GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures was the third quarter of 2011 goodwill impairment charge (net of tax) of $32.6 million.
The goodwill impairment charge was $40.2 million with a tax benefit of $7.6 million which resulted in a goodwill impairment charge (net of tax) of $32.6 million. The tax benefit applied only to the $19.4 million of goodwill associated with taxable acquisitions and was determined based on the Company's marginal income tax rate of 38.9 percent.
The basic and diluted earnings per share reconciling items were determined based on the goodwill impairment charge (net of tax) divided by the weighted average diluted shares of 71,915,073.
The goodwill impairment charge (net of tax) was included in determining earnings for both the GAAP return on average assets and GAAP return on average equity. The average assets used in the GAAP and non-GAAP return on average assets ratios were $6.923 billion and $6.931 billion for the year ended December 31, 2011, respectively. The average equity used in the GAAP and non-GAAP return on average equity ratios were $858 million and $866 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, respectively.
The dividend payout ratio is calculated by dividing dividends declared per share by basic earnings per share. The non-GAAP dividend payout ratio uses the non-GAAP basic earnings per share for calculating the ratio.



20

Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion is intended to provide a more comprehensive review of the Company’s operating results and financial condition than can be obtained from reading the Consolidated Financial Statements alone. The discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes thereto included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about management’s plans, objectives, expectations and intentions that are not historical facts, and other statements identified by words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “should,” “projects,” “seeks,” “estimates” or words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements are based on current beliefs and expectations of management and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the Company’s control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change. The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations in the forward-looking statements, including those set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, or the documents incorporated by reference:
the risks associated with lending and potential adverse changes of the credit quality of loans in the Company’s portfolio, including as a result of a slow recovery in the housing and real estate markets in its geographic areas;
increased loan delinquency rates;
the risks presented by a slow economic recovery, which could adversely affect credit quality, loan collateral values, OREO values, investment values, liquidity and capital levels, dividends and loan originations;
changes in market interest rates, which could adversely affect the Company’s net interest income and profitability;
legislative or regulatory changes that adversely affect the Company’s business, ability to complete pending or prospective future acquisitions, limit certain sources of revenue, or increase cost of operations;
costs or difficulties related to the completion and integration of acquisitions;
the goodwill the Company has recorded in connection with acquisitions could become additionally impaired, which may have an adverse impact on earnings and capital;
reduced demand for banking products and services;
the risks presented by public stock market volatility, which could adversely affect the market price of the Company's common stock and the ability to raise additional capital in the future;
competition from other financial services companies in the Company's markets;
loss of services from the CEO and senior management team;
potential interruption or breach in security of the Company's systems; and
the Company’s success in managing risks involved in the foregoing.

Additional factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements are discussed in "Item 1A. Risk Factors." Please take into account that forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K (or documents incorporated by reference, if applicable). The Company does not undertake any obligation to publicly correct or update any forward-looking statement if it later becomes aware that actual results are likely to differ materially from those expressed in such forward-looking statement.


21

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012 COMPARED TO DECEMBER 31, 2011

Highlights and Overview
The Company had all time record earnings of $75.5 million for 2012, which was an increase of $25.4 million, or 51 percent over the 2011 operating net income of $50.1 million. Diluted earnings per share for 2012 was $1.05, an increase of $0.35, or 50 percent, from the prior year diluted operating earnings per share of $0.70. The 2011 operating net income is considered a non-GAAP financial measure and resulted from a goodwill impairment charge reconciling item of $32.6 million ($40.2 million pre-tax). For additional information regarding non-GAAP financial measures relating to the goodwill impairment charge, see the section captioned “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” included in “Item 6. Selected Financial Data.” Including the goodwill impairment charge, net income for 2011 was $17.5 million.

The net income improvement for 2012 over the 2011 operating income was largely attributable to the $43.0 million reduction, or 67 percent decrease, in the provision for loan losses as a result of the improvement in credit quality. The improvement in credit quality was also reflected in the decrease in OREO expense which decreased $8.3 million, or 30 percent, over the prior year. The reduction in provision for loan losses was partially offset by the $17.6 million reduction in net interest income driven by the low interest rate environment and the increase in premium amortization (net of discount accretion) on investment securities. Although the refinance and purchase activity during 2012 caused an increase in premium amortization on the investment portfolio, there was relief in part from the increase in gain on sale of loans which increased $11.1 million, or 53 percent, from the prior year.

The real bright spot for the Company this year was the noteworthy improvement in credit quality of the loan portfolio. Non-performing assets were $144 million at year end, a decrease of $70.0 million, or 33 percent, from the prior year end and a decrease of $127 million, or 47 percent, from the Company's historically high levels in 2010. The decrease in non-performing assets was the result of the Company's continued patience and focus on actively managing the disposal of the non-performing assets.

During the current and prior two years, the low interest rate environment combined with the decline in the loan portfolio and the increase in low-yielding investment securities has put significant pressure on the Company's net interest margin. The net interest margin as a percentage of earning assets, on a tax-equivalent basis, decreased 52 basis points from 3.89 percent in 2011 to 3.37 percent in 2012. Net interest income of $218 million in 2012 decreased $17.6 million, or 7 percent, from net interest income of $236 million in 2011. The Company purchased the investment securities over the past three years to offset the weak loan demand and preserve net interest income. The majority of investment securities purchased were short weighted-average life collateralized mortgage obligations ("CMO") to allow the Company the ability to redeploy principal paydowns as loan demand returns. As a result of offsetting the decline in the loan portfolio with investment securities, the Company has both reduced the negative impact to current net interest income, while positioning the Company for future economic growth.

The loan portfolio of $3.397 billion decreased $68.7 million, or 2 percent, from the prior year end. Investment securities of $3.683 million increased $556 million, or 18 percent, from the prior year end and represented 48 percent of total assets at the end of 2012. The Company experienced another year of increased deposits with non-interest bearing deposits increasing $181 million, or 18 percent, during the year and interest bearing deposits (excluding wholesale deposits) increasing $212 million, or 7 percent, during the year. As a result of the increase in deposits, the Company required less borrowings to fund the investment growth and decreased FHLB advances by $72 million during the year. Tangible stockholders’ equity increased $52.8 million, or $0.73 per share, as a result of earnings retention and the increase in accumulated other comprehensive income. The Company increased its quarterly dividend during the fourth quarter of 2012 from $0.13 per share to $0.14 per share for a record dividend of $0.53 per share for 2012 compared to $0.52 per share for 2011.

During the second quarter of 2012, the Company combined its eleven bank subsidiaries into one bank subsidiary with eleven bank divisions. The eleven bank divisions operate with the same names and management teams as before the combination. The primary purpose of the combination was to minimize regulatory burden and free up resources to focus on delivering products and services to its customers in a faster and more efficient way. Following the combination of the bank subsidiaries, the eleven bank divisions have been focused on centralizing and standardizing processes and resources across the Company.

Looking forward, the Company’s future performance will depend on many factors including economic conditions in the markets the Company serves, interest rate changes, increasing competition for deposits and loans, loan quality, and regulatory burden.


22

Table of Contents

Financial Condition Analysis

Assets
The following table summarizes the asset balances as of the dates indicated, and the amount of change from December 31, 2011
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
$ Change
 
% Change
Cash and cash equivalents
$
187,040

 
128,032

 
59,008

 
46
 %
Investment securities, available-for-sale
3,683,005

 
3,126,743

 
556,262

 
18
 %
Loans receivable
 
 
 
 
 
 

Residential real estate
516,467

 
516,807

 
(340
)
 
 %
Commercial
2,278,905

 
2,295,927

 
(17,022
)
 
(1
)%
Consumer and other
602,053

 
653,401

 
(51,348
)
 
(8
)%
Loans receivable
3,397,425

 
3,466,135

 
(68,710
)
 
(2
)%
Allowance for loan and lease losses
(130,854
)
 
(137,516
)
 
6,662

 
(5
)%
Loans receivable, net
3,266,571

 
3,328,619

 
(62,048
)
 
(2
)%
Other assets
610,824

 
604,512

 
6,312

 
1
 %
Total assets
$
7,747,440

 
7,187,906

 
559,534

 
8
 %

Investment securities increased $556 million, or 18 percent, from December 31, 2011. The Company continued to purchase investment securities to primarily offset the lack of loan growth and to maintain interest income. The increase in investment securities for the current quarter occurred in CMO, corporate and municipal bonds. The majority of the purchases were short weighted-average life CMOs which were significantly offset by CMO principal paydowns during the quarter.  Investment securities represent 48 percent of total assets at December 31, 2012 versus 44 percent at December 31, 2011.

The heightened uncertainty with the current economy and muted loan demand continued to put pressure on the Company and was the primary cause of the decrease in the loan portfolio. During the year 2012, the loan portfolio decreased $68.7 million, or 2 percent, from total loans of $3.466 billion at December 31, 2011. The largest decrease during the year was in consumer and other loans which decreased $51.3 million, or 8 percent, from December 31, 2011 and was primarily attributable to customers paying off home equity lines of credit during the process of refinancing their home. In addition, the Company continues to reduce its exposure to land, lot and other construction loans which totaled $330 million as of December 31, 2012, a decrease of $51.2 million, or 13 percent, from the prior year end. 

Liabilities
The following table summarizes the liability balances as of the dates indicated, and the amount of change from December 31, 2011
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
$ Change
 
% Change
Non-interest bearing deposits
$
1,191,933

 
1,010,899

 
181,034

 
18
 %
Interest bearing deposits
4,172,528

 
3,810,314

 
362,214

 
10
 %
Repurchase agreements
289,508

 
258,643

 
30,865

 
12
 %
FHLB advances
997,013

 
1,069,046

 
(72,033
)
 
(7
)%
Other borrowed funds
10,032

 
9,995

 
37

 
 %
Subordinated debentures
125,418

 
125,275

 
143

 
 %
Other liabilities
60,059

 
53,507

 
6,552

 
12
 %
Total liabilities
$
6,846,491

 
6,337,679

 
508,812

 
8
 %


23

Table of Contents

The Company's deposits continued to increase during the current year and over the past several years which has allowed the Company to fund the increase in the investment securities portfolio at lower funding costs. The increase in deposits during 2012 and throughout 2011 has been driven by the Company's success in generating new personal and business customer relationships, as well as existing customers retaining cash deposits for liquidity purposes due to the continued uncertainty in the current economic environment. Non-interest bearing deposits of $1.192 billion increased $181 million, or 18 percent, since December 31, 2011. Interest bearing deposits of $4.173 billion at December 31, 2012 included $758 million of wholesale deposits of which $128 million were reciprocal deposits (e.g., Certificate of Deposit Account Registry System deposits ("CDARS")). In addition to reciprocal deposits, wholesale deposits include brokered deposits classified as NOW, money market deposit and certificate accounts. Interest bearing deposits increased $362 million, or 10 percent, from December 31, 2011 and included a decrease of $41.4 million in wholesale deposits. 

The Company's level and mix of borrowings has fluctuated as needed to supplement deposit growth and to fund growth in the investment securities. The decrease in funding through repurchase agreements from the prior quarter was primarily due to the decrease of $112 million in wholesale repurchase funding to a total of $4.2 million as of December 31, 2012. The wholesale repurchase agreements are utilized as a source of low cost funding and fluctuate as other lower cost funding sources are utilized.  FHLB advances decreased $72.0 million since the prior year end.

Stockholders’ Equity
The following table summarizes the stockholders’ equity balances as of the dates indicated, and the amount of change from December 31, 2011
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
$ Change
 
% Change
Common equity
$
852,987

 
816,740

 
36,247

 
4
 %
Accumulated other comprehensive income
47,962

 
33,487

 
14,475

 
43
 %
Total stockholders’ equity
900,949

 
850,227

 
50,722

 
6
 %
Goodwill and core deposit intangible, net
(112,274
)
 
(114,384
)
 
2,110

 
(2
)%
Tangible stockholders’ equity
$
788,675

 
735,843

 
52,832

 
7
 %
Stockholders’ equity to total assets
11.63
%
 
11.83
%
 
 
 
(2
)%
Tangible stockholders’ equity to total tangible assets
10.33
%
 
10.40
%
 
 
 
(1
)%
Book value per common share
$
12.52

 
11.82

 
0.70

 
6
 %
Tangible book value per common share
$
10.96

 
10.23

 
0.73

 
7
 %
Market price per share at end of period
$
14.71

 
12.03

 
2.68

 
22
 %

Tangible stockholders' equity and tangible book value per share increased $52.8 million and $0.73 per share from the prior year end, resulting in tangible stockholders' equity to tangible assets of 10.33 percent and tangible book value per share of $10.96 as of December 31, 2012. The increases were from earnings retention and an increase in accumulated other comprehensive income.

Results of Operations

Performance Summary
Net income for 2012 was $75.5 million, an increase of $25.4 million, or 51 percent, over the 2011 operating net income of $50.1 million. Operating net income is considered a non-GAAP financial measure and additional information regarding this measurement and reconciliation is provided in “Item 6. Selected Financial Data.” Diluted earnings per share for 2012 was $1.05 per share, an increase of $0.35, or 50 percent, from the prior year diluted operating earnings per share of $0.70. The net income improvement for 2012 over the 2011 operating net income was largely attributable to the $43.0 million (pre-tax) reduction in the provision for loan losses as a result of the improvement in credit quality. The reduction in provision for loan losses was partially offset by the $17.6 million (pre-tax) reduction in net interest income driven by the low interest rate environment and the increase in premium amortization (net of discount accretion) on investment securities.


24

Table of Contents

Income Summary
The following table summarizes revenue for the periods indicated, including the amount and percentage change from December 31, 2011

 
Years ended
 
$ Change
 
% Change
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
Net interest income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
$
253,757

 
$
280,109

 
$
(26,352
)
 
(9
)%
Interest expense
35,714

 
44,494

 
(8,780
)
 
(20
)%
Total net interest income
218,043

 
235,615

 
(17,572
)
 
(7
)%
Non-interest income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service charges, loan fees, and other fees
49,706

 
48,113

 
1,593

 
3
 %
Gain on sale of loans
32,227

 
21,132

 
11,095

 
53
 %
Loss on sale of investments

 
346

 
(346
)
 
(100
)%
Other income
9,563

 
8,608

 
955

 
11
 %
Total non-interest income
91,496

 
78,199

 
13,297

 
17
 %
 
$
309,539

 
$
313,814

 
$
(4,275
)
 
(1
)%
Net interest margin (tax-equivalent)
3.37
%
 
3.89
%
 
 
 
 

Net Interest Income
Net interest income for 2012 decreased $17.6 million, or 7 percent, over the same period last year. Interest income decreased $26.4 million, or 9 percent, while interest expense decreased $8.8 million, or 20 percent from 2011. The decrease in interest income from the prior year was principally due to the increase in premium amortization (net of discount accretion) on investment securities and the reduction in balances and yield on loans, the combination of which put further pressure on earning asset yields. Interest income was reduced by $72.0 million in premium amortization (net of discount accretion) on investment securities which was an increase of $33.9 million from the prior year. This increase in premium amortization (net of discount accretion) was the result of both the increased purchases of investment securities combined with the continued refinance activity. The decrease in interest expense during the current year was primarily attributable to the decreases in rates on interest bearing deposits and borrowings. The funding cost (including non-interest bearing deposits) for 2012 was 55 basis points compared to 74 basis points for 2011. 

The net interest margin, on a tax-equivalent basis, for 2012 was 3.37 percent, a 52 basis points reduction from the net interest margin of 3.89 percent for 2011. The reduction was attributable to a lower yield and volume of loans coupled with an increase in lower yielding investment securities and higher premium amortization on investment securities, both of which outpaced the reduction in funding cost. The premium amortization in 2012 accounted for a 104 basis points reduction in the net interest margin which was an increase of 44 basis points compared to the 60 basis points reduction in the net interest margin for the same period last year. 

Non-interest Income
Non-interest income of $91.5 million for 2012 increased $13.3 million, or 17 percent, over non-interest income of $78.2 million for 2011. Service charge fee income increased $1.6 million, or 3 percent, the majority of which was from higher debit card income driven by the increased number of deposit accounts. Gain on sale of loans for 2012 increased $11.1 million, or 53 percent, from 2011 due to greater refinance and loan origination activity. Included in other income was operating revenue of $355 thousand from OREO and gains of $2.0 million on the sale of OREO, which totaled $2.4 million for 2012 compared to $2.7 million for the same period in the prior year.


25

Table of Contents

Non-interest Expense
The following table summarizes non-interest expense for the periods indicated, including the amount and percentage change from December 31, 2011
 
Years ended
 
$ Change
 
% Change
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
Compensation and employee benefits
$
95,373

 
$
85,691

 
$
9,682

 
11
 %
Occupancy and equipment
23,837

 
23,599

 
238

 
1
 %
Advertising and promotions
6,413

 
6,469

 
(56
)
 
(1
)%
Outsourced data processing
3,324

 
3,153

 
171

 
5
 %
Other real estate owned
18,964

 
27,255

 
(8,291
)
 
(30
)%
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation premiums
6,085

 
8,169

 
(2,084
)
 
(26
)%
Core deposit intangible amortization
2,110

 
2,473

 
(363
)
 
(15
)%
Other expense
37,315

 
35,156

 
2,159

 
6
 %
Total non-interest expense before goodwill impairment charge
193,421

 
191,965

 
1,456

 
1
 %
Goodwill impairment charge

 
40,159

 
(40,159
)
 
(100
)%
Total non-interest expense
$
193,421

 
$
232,124

 
$
(38,703
)
 
(17
)%

Compensation and employee benefits for 2012 increased $9.7 million, or 11 percent, and was attributable to an increase in commissions on residential real estate loan originations, a revised Company incentive program and the restoration in 2012 of certain compensation cuts made in 2011. OREO expense of $19.0 million for 2012 decreased $8.3 million, or 30 percent, from the prior year. The OREO expense for 2012 included $3.6 million of operating expenses, $13.3 million of fair value write-downs, and $2.1 million of loss on sale of OREO.

Efficiency Ratio
The Company calculates the efficiency ratio as non-interest expense before OREO expenses, core deposit intangibles amortization, goodwill impairment charges, and non-recurring expense items as a percentage of tax-equivalent net interest income and non-interest income, excluding gains or losses on sale of investments, OREO income, and non-recurring income items. The efficiency ratio was 54 percent for 2012 and 51 percent for 2011. Although there was a significant increase in non-interest income from the the prior year, it was not enough to offset the combination of the decrease in net interest income and the increase in non-interest expense (before the goodwill impairment charge) in 2012. 

Provision for Loan Losses
(Dollars in thousands)
Provision
for Loan
Losses
 
Net
Charge-Offs
 
ALLL
as a Percent
of Loans
 
Accruing
Loans 30-89
Days Past Due
as a Percent of
Loans
 
Non-Performing
Assets to
Total Sub-sidiary Assets
Fourth quarter 2012
$
2,275

 
$
8,081

 
3.85
%
 
0.80
%
 
1.87
%
Third quarter 2012
2,700

 
3,499

 
4.01
%
 
0.83
%
 
2.33
%
Second quarter 2012
7,925

 
7,052

 
3.99
%
 
1.41
%
 
2.69
%
First quarter 2012
8,625

 
9,555

 
3.98
%
 
1.24
%
 
2.91
%
Fourth quarter 2011
8,675

 
9,252

 
3.97
%
 
1.42
%
 
2.92
%
Third quarter 2011
17,175

 
18,877

 
3.92
%
 
0.60
%
 
3.49
%
Second quarter 2011
19,150

 
20,184

 
3.88
%
 
1.14
%
 
3.68
%
First quarter 2011
19,500

 
15,778

 
3.86
%
 
1.44
%
 
3.78
%

The provision for loan losses was $21.5 million for 2012, a decrease of $43.0 million, or 67 percent, from the same period in the prior year. Net charged-off loans during the 2012 was $28.2 million, a decrease of $35.9 million from 2011. The largest category of net charge-offs was in land, lot and other construction loans which had net charge-offs of $9.8 million, or 35 percent of total net charged-off loans. Last year in this loan category, net charge-offs totaled $31.3 million.

26

Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF THE RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 COMPARED TO DECEMBER 31, 2010

Income Summary
The following table summarizes revenue for the periods indicated, including the amount and percentage change from December 31, 2010

 
Years ended
 
$ Change
 
% Change
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2011
 
December 31,
2010
 
Net interest income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
$
280,109

 
$
288,402

 
$
(8,293
)
 
(3
)%
Interest expense
44,494

 
53,634

 
(9,140
)
 
(17
)%
Total net interest income
235,615

 
234,768

 
847

 
 %
Non-interest income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service charges, loan fees, and other fees
48,113

 
47,946

 
167

 
 %
Gain on sale of loans
21,132

 
27,233

 
(6,101
)
 
(22
)%
Loss on sale of investments
346

 
4,822

 
(4,476
)
 
(93
)%
Other income
8,608

 
7,545

 
1,063

 
14
 %
Total non-interest income
78,199

 
87,546

 
(9,347
)
 
(11
)%
 
$
313,814

 
$
322,314

 
$
(8,500
)
 
(3
)%
Net interest margin (tax-equivalent)
3.89
%
 
4.21
%
 
 
 
 

Net Interest Income
Net interest income for 2011 remained stable compared to 2010. During 2011, interest income decreased $8.3 million, or 3 percent, while interest expense decreased $9.1 million, or 17 percent from 2010. The decrease in interest income from 2010 resulted from the increase in premium amortization coupled with the reduction in loan balances, the combination of which put further pressure on earning asset yields. Interest income also continues to reflect the Company’s purchase of a significant amount of investment securities over the course of several quarters at lower yields than the loans they replaced. Interest income included $35.8 million in premium amortization (net of discount accretion) on CMOs which was an increase of $18.1 million from 2010. This increase was the result of both the increased purchases of CMOs combined with the continued refinance activity. The decrease in interest expense in 2011 was primarily attributable to the rate decreases on interest bearing deposits. The funding cost for 2011 was 87 basis points compared to 116 basis points for 2010.

The net interest margin decreased 32 basis points from 4.21 percent for 2010 to 3.89 for 2011. The reduction was attributable to a lower yield and volume of loans coupled with an increase in lower yielding investment securities and higher CMO premium amortization. The premium amortization in 2011 accounted for a 56 basis point reduction in the net interest margin compared to a 30 basis point reduction in the net interest margin for the same period in 2010.

Non-interest Income
Non-interest income of $78.2 million for 2011 decreased $9.3 million, or 11 percent, over non-interest income of $87.5 million for 2010. Gain on sale of loans for 2011 decreased $6.1 million, or 22 percent, from 2010 due to a significant reduction in refinance activity. Excluding the $2.0 million gain on the sale of merchant card servicing portfolio in 2010, other income for 2011 increased $3.1 million, or 56 percent, over 2010 of which $1.7 million was from debit card income and $1.3 million was from the combination of operating income from OREO and gain on sale of OREO.


27

Table of Contents

Non-interest Expense
The following table summarizes non-interest expense for the periods indicated, including the amount and percentage change from December 31, 2010:
 
Years ended
 
$ Change
 
% Change
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2011
 
December 31,
2010
 
Compensation and employee benefits
$
85,691

 
$
87,728

 
$
(2,037
)
 
(2
)%
Occupancy and equipment
23,599

 
24,261

 
(662
)
 
(3
)%
Advertising and promotions
6,469

 
6,831

 
(362
)
 
(5
)%
Outsourced data processing
3,153

 
3,057

 
96

 
3
 %
Other real estate owned
27,255

 
22,193

 
5,062

 
23
 %
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation premiums
8,169

 
9,121

 
(952
)
 
(10
)%
Core deposit intangible amortization
2,473

 
3,180

 
(707
)
 
(22
)%
Other expense
35,156

 
31,577

 
3,579

 
11
 %
Total non-interest expense before goodwill impairment charge
191,965

 
187,948

 
4,017

 
2
 %
Goodwill impairment charge
40,159

 

 
40,159

 
n/m

Total non-interest expense
$
232,124

 
$
187,948

 
$
44,176

 
24
 %

Excluding the goodwill impairment charge, non-interest expense for 2011 increased by $4.0 million, or 2 percent, from 2010. Compensation and employee benefits for 2011 decreased $2.0 million, or 2 percent, and was the result of the reduction in full time equivalent employees. Occupancy and equipment expense decreased $662 thousand, or 3 percent, from 2010. OREO expense of $27.3 million increased $5.1 million, or 23 percent, from 2010. The OREO expense for 2011 included $5.8 million of operating expenses, $16.3 million of fair value write-downs, and $5.2 million of loss on sale of OREO. FDIC premium expense decreased $952 thousand, or 10 percent, from 2010 as a result of a change in the FDIC assessment calculation. Other expense increased $3.6 million, or 11 percent, from 2010 and was primarily driven by increases in debit card expenses and expenses associated with New Markets Tax Credits investments.

Provision for Loan Losses
The Company provisioned slightly more than the amount of net charged-off loans during 2011. The provision for loan losses was $64.5 million for 2011, a decrease of $20.2 million, or 24 percent, from 2010. Net charged-off loans during 2011 was $64.1 million, a decrease of $26.4 million from 2010. The largest category of net charge-offs was in land, lot and other construction loans which had net charge-offs of $31.3 million, or 49 percent of total net charged-off loans.

ADDITIONAL MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Lending Activity and Practices
The Company focuses its lending activities primarily on the following types of loans: 1) first-mortgage, conventional loans secured by residential properties, particularly single-family, 2) commercial lending that concentrates on targeted businesses, and 3) installment lending for consumer purposes (e.g., auto, home equity, etc.). Supplemental information regarding the Company's loan portfolio and credit quality based on regulatory classification is provided in the section captioned “Loans by Regulatory Classification” included in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The regulatory classification of loans is based primarily on the type of collateral for the loans. Loan information included in "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" is based on the Company's loan segments and classes which is based on the purpose of the loan, unless otherwise noted as a regulatory classification.

28

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the Company’s loan portfolio as of the dates indicated:
 
 
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
December 31, 2010
 
December 31, 2009
 
December 31, 2008
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
Residential real estate loans
$
516,467

 
15.81
 %
 
$
516,807

 
15.53
 %
 
$
632,877

 
17.52
 %
 
$
743,147

 
18.95
 %
 
$
783,399

 
19.59
 %
Commercial loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate
1,655,508

 
50.68
 %
 
1,672,059

 
50.23
 %
 
1,796,503

 
49.73
 %
 
1,894,690

 
48.33
 %
 
1,930,849

 
48.29
 %
Other commercial
623,397

 
19.08
 %
 
623,868

 
18.74
 %
 
654,588

 
18.12
 %
 
724,579

 
18.48
 %
 
644,980

 
16.13
 %
Total
2,278,905

 
69.76
 %
 
2,295,927

 
68.97
 %
 
2,451,091

 
67.85
 %
 
2,619,269

 
66.81
 %
 
2,575,829

 
64.42
 %
Consumer and other loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Home equity
403,925

 
12.37
 %
 
440,569

 
13.24
 %
 
483,137

 
13.38
 %
 
501,866

 
12.80
 %
 
507,839

 
12.70
 %
Other consumer
198,128

 
6.07
 %
 
212,832

 
6.39
 %
 
182,184

 
5.04
 %
 
199,633

 
5.09
 %
 
208,150

 
5.21
 %
Total
602,053

 
18.44
 %
 
653,401

 
19.63
 %
 
665,321

 
18.42
 %
 
701,499

 
17.89
 %
 
715,989

 
17.91
 %
Loans receivable
3,397,425

 
104.01
 %
 
3,466,135

 
104.13
 %
 
3,749,289

 
103.79
 %
 
4,063,915

 
103.65
 %
 
4,075,217

 
101.92
 %
Allowance for loan and lease losses
(130,854
)
 
(4.01
)%
 
(137,516
)
 
(4.13
)%
 
(137,107
)
 
(3.79
)%
 
(142,927
)
 
(3.65
)%
 
(76,739
)
 
(1.92
)%
Loans receivable, net
$
3,266,571

 
100.00
 %
 
$
3,328,619

 
100.00
 %
 
$
3,612,182

 
100.00
 %
 
$
3,920,988

 
100.00
 %
 
$
3,998,478

 
100.00
 %

The stated maturities or first repricing term (if applicable) for the loan portfolio at December 31, 2012 was as follows:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Residential
Real Estate
 
Commercial
 
Consumer
and Other
 
Totals
Variable rate maturing or repricing in
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One year or less
$
198,989

 
755,798

 
257,309

 
1,212,096

One to five years
99,553

 
792,941

 
21,557

 
914,051

Thereafter
14,991

 
147,532

 
6,497

 
169,020

Fixed rate maturing in
 
 
 
 
 
 

One year or less
110,397

 
216,043

 
117,147

 
443,587

One to five years
76,270

 
260,526

 
176,842

 
513,638

Thereafter
16,267

 
106,065

 
22,701

 
145,033

Totals
$
516,467

 
2,278,905

 
602,053

 
3,397,425


Residential Real Estate Lending
The Company’s lending activities consist of the origination of both construction and permanent loans on residential real estate. The Company actively solicits residential real estate loan applications from real estate brokers, contractors, existing customers, customer referrals, and on-line applications. The Company’s lending policies generally limit the maximum loan-to-value ratio on residential mortgage loans to 80 percent of the lesser of the appraised value or purchase price. Policies allow the loan-to-value to be above 80 percent of the loan when insured by a private mortgage insurance company. The Company also provides interim construction financing for single-family dwellings. These loans are supported by a term take-out commitment.

Consumer Land or Lot Loans
The Company originates land and lot acquisition loans to borrowers who intend to construct their primary residence on the respective land or lot. These loans are generally for a term of three to five years and are secured by the developed land or lot with the loan to value limited to the lesser of 75 percent of the appraised value or 75 percent of the cost.


29

Table of Contents

Unimproved Land and Land Development Loans
Although unimproved land and land development loans have not been originated in the past four years, where real estate market conditions warrant, the Company may originate such loans on properties intended for residential and commercial use. These loans are generally made for a term of 18 months to two years and secured by the developed property with a loan-to-value not to exceed the lesser of 75 percent of cost or 65 percent of the appraised discounted bulk sale value upon completion of the improvements. The projects under development are inspected on a regular basis and advances are made on a percentage of completion basis. The loans are made to borrowers with real estate development experience and appropriate financial strength. Generally, the Company requires that a certain percentage of the development be pre-sold or that construction and term take-out commitments are in place prior to funding the loan. Loans made on unimproved land are generally made for a term of five to ten years with a loan-to-value not to exceed the lesser of 50 percent of appraised value or 50 percent of cost.

Residential Builder Guidance Lines
The Company provides Builder Guidance Lines that are comprised of pre-sold and spec-home construction and lot acquisition loans. The spec-home construction and lot acquisition loans are limited to a specific number and maximum amount. Generally, the individual loans will not exceed a one year maturity. The homes under construction are inspected on a regular basis and advances made on a percentage of completion basis.

Commercial Real Estate Loans
Loans are made to purchase, construct and finance commercial real estate properties. These loans are generally made to borrowers who own and will occupy the property and generally have a loan-to-value up to the lesser of 75 percent of the appraised value or 75 percent of the cost and require a minimum 1.2 times debt service coverage margin. Loans to finance investment or income properties are made, but require additional equity and generally have a loan-to-value up to the lesser of 70 percent of appraised value or 70 percent of cost and require a higher debt service coverage margin commensurate with the specific property and projected income.

Consumer Lending
The majority of consumer loans are secured by real estate, automobiles, or other assets. The Company intends to continue making such loans because of their short-term nature, generally between three months and five years. Moreover, interest rates on consumer loans are generally higher than on residential mortgage loans. The Company also originates second mortgage and home equity loans, especially to existing customers in instances where the first and second mortgage loans are less than 80 percent of the current appraised value of the property.

Home Equity Loans
The Company's $403.9 million of home equity loans as of December 31, 2012 consist of 1-4 family junior lien mortgages and first and junior lien lines of credit secured by residential real estate. The home equity loan portfolio consists of 64 percent variable interest rate and 36 percent fixed interest rate loans. Approximately 50 percent of the home equity loans are in a first lien status with the remaining 50 percent in junior lien status. Approximately 20 percent of the home equity loans are closed-end amortizing loans and 80 percent are open-end, revolving home equity lines of credit.

Home equity lines of credit are generally originated with maturity terms from 10 to 15 years. At origination, borrowers can choose a variable interest rate or fixed interest rate for the full term of the line of credit, or a fixed interest rate for the first 3 or 5 years from origination which then converts to a variable interest rate for the remaining term of the home equity lines of credit. The draw period usually exists from origination to the maturity of the home equity lines of credit. During the draw period, a borrower with a variable interest rate term has the option of converting to a fixed interest rate for all or a portion of the remaining term to maturity. During the draw period, the Company has home equity lines of credit where the borrowers pay interest only and home equity lines of credit where borrowers pay principal and interest.
 
Credit Risk Management
The Company is committed to a conservative management of the credit risk within the loan portfolio, including the early recognition of problem loans. The Company’s credit risk management includes stringent credit policies, individual loan approval limits, limits on concentrations of credit, and committee approval of larger loan requests. Management practices also include regular internal and external credit examinations, identification and review of individual loans and leases experiencing deterioration of credit quality, procedures for the collection of non-performing assets, quarterly monitoring of the loan portfolio, semi-annual review of loans by industry, and periodic stress testing of the loans secured by real estate. Federal and state regulatory safety and soundness examinations are conducted annually.


30

Table of Contents

The Company’s loan policy and credit administration practices establish standards and limits for all extensions of credit that are secured by interests in or liens on real estate, or made for the purpose of financing the construction of real property or other improvements. Ongoing monitoring and review of the loan portfolio is based on current information, including: the borrowers’ and guarantors’ creditworthiness, value of the real estate and other collateral, the project’s performance against projections, and monthly inspections by employees or external parties until the real estate project is complete.

Monitoring of the junior lien and home equity lines of credit portfolios includes evaluating payment delinquency, collateral values, bankruptcy notices and foreclosure filings. Additionally, the Company places junior lien mortgages and junior lien home equity lines of credit on non-accrual status when there is evidence that the associated senior lien is 90 days past due or is in the process of foreclosure, regardless of the junior lien delinquency status.

Loan Approval Limits
Individual loan approval limits have been established for each lender based on the loan types and experience of the individual. Each bank division has an Officer Loan Committee consisting of senior lenders and members of senior management. The bank divisions’ Officer Loan Committees have loan approval authority between $250,000 and $1,000,000. The bank divisions’ Advisory Boards’ have loan approval authority up to $2,000,000. Loans exceeding these limits and up to $10,000,000 are subject to approval by the Company’s Executive Loan Committee consisting of the bank divisions’ senior loan officers and the Company’s Credit Administrator. Loans greater than $10,000,000 are subject to approval by the Bank’s Board of Directors. Under banking laws, loans to one borrower and related entities are limited to a prescribed percentage of the unimpaired capital and surplus of the Bank.

Interest Reserves
Interest reserves are used to periodically advance loan funds to pay interest charges on the outstanding balance of the related loan. As with any extension of credit, the decision to establish a loan-funded interest reserve upon origination of construction loans, including residential construction and land, lot and other construction loans, is based on prudent underwriting, including the feasibility of the project, expected cash flow, creditworthiness of the borrower and guarantors, and the protection provided by the real estate and other underlying collateral. Interest reserves provide an effective means for addressing the cash flow characteristics of construction loans. In response to the downturn in the housing market and potential impact upon construction lending, the Company discourages the creation or continued use of interest reserves.

Interest reserves are advanced provided the related construction loan is performing as expected. Loans with interest reserves may be extended, renewed or restructured only when the related loan continues to perform as expected and meets the prudent underwriting standards identified above. Such renewals, extension or restructuring are not permitted in order to keep the related loan current.

In monitoring the performance and credit quality of a construction loan, the Company assesses the adequacy of any remaining interest reserve, and whether the use of an interest reserve remains appropriate in the presence of emerging weakness and associated risks in the construction loan.

The ongoing accrual and recognition of uncollected interest as income continues only when facts and circumstances continue to reasonably support the contractual payment of principal or interest. Loans are typically designated as non-accrual when the collection of the contractual principal or interest is unlikely and has remained unpaid for ninety days or more. For such loans, the accrual of interest and its capitalization into the loan balance will be discontinued.

The Company had $52.2 million and $75.7 million in loans with interest reserves with remaining reserves of $945 thousand and $568 thousand as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. During 2012, the Company extended, renewed, or restructured 20 loans with interest reserves, such loans having an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $16.2 million as of December 31, 2012. However, such actions were based on prudent underwriting standards and not to keep the loans current. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had 4 construction loans totaling $1.6 million with interest reserves that are currently non-performing or which are potential problem loans.


31

Table of Contents

Loan Purchases and Sales
Fixed rate, long-term mortgage loans are generally sold in the secondary market. The Company is active in the secondary market, primarily through the origination of conventional, FHA and VA residential mortgages. The sale of loans in the secondary mortgage market reduces the Company’s risk of holding long-term, fixed rate loans during periods of rising rates. In connection with conventional loan sales, the Company typically sells the majority of mortgage loans originated with servicing released. The Company has also been very active in generating commercial SBA loans, and other commercial loans, with a portion of those loans sold to investors. The Company has not originated any type of subprime mortgages, either for the loan portfolio or for sale to investors. In addition, the Company has not purchased securities that were collateralized with subprime mortgages. The Company has not purchased loans outside the Company or originated loans outside the Company’s geographic market area.

Loan Origination and Other Fees
In addition to interest earned on loans, the Company receives fees for originating loans. Loan fees generally are a percentage of the principal amount of the loan and are charged to the borrower, and are normally deducted from the proceeds of the loan. Loan origination fees are generally 1.0 percent to 1.5 percent on residential mortgages and 0.5 percent to 1.5 percent on commercial loans. Consumer loans require a fixed fee amount as well as a minimum interest amount. The Company also receives other fees and charges relating to existing loans, which include charges and fees collected in connection with loan modifications.

Appraisal and Evaluation Process
The Company’s Loan Policy and credit administration practices have adopted and implemented the applicable requirements of the Interagency Appraisal and Evaluation Guidelines (and the Interagency Guidelines for Real Estate Lending Policies in Appendix A to Part 365 of Title 12, CFR) (collectively, the “Guidelines”) and the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (“USPAP”) as established and amended by the Appraisal Standards Board. The Company’s Loan Policy establishes criteria for obtaining appraisals or evaluations (new or updated), including transactions that are otherwise exempt from the appraisal requirements set forth within the Guidelines.

Each of the Company’s bank divisions monitor conditions, including supply and demand factors, in the real estate markets served so they can react quickly to changing market conditions to mitigate potential losses from specific credit exposures within the loan portfolio. Evidence of the following real estate market conditions and trends is obtained from lending personnel and third party sources:
demographic indicators, including employment and population trends;
foreclosures, vacancy, construction and absorption rates;
property sales prices, rental rates, and lease terms;
current tax assessments;
economic indicators, including trends within the lending areas; and
valuation trends, including discount and capitalization rates.

Third party information sources include federal, state, and local governments and agencies thereof, private sector economic data vendors, real estate brokers, licensed agents, sales, rental and foreclosure data tracking services.

The time between ordering an appraisal or evaluation and receipt from third party vendors is typically two to three weeks for residential property and four to six weeks for non-residential property. For real estate properties that are of highly specialized or limited use, significantly complex or large, additional time beyond the typical times may be required for new appraisals or evaluations (new or updated).

As part of the Company’s credit administration and portfolio monitoring practices, the Company’s regular internal and external credit examinations review a significant number of individual loan files. Appraisals and evaluations (new or updated) are reviewed to determine whether the timeliness, methods, assumptions, and findings are reasonable and in compliance with the Company’s Loan Policy and credit administration practices, the Guidelines and USPAP standards. Such reviews include the adequacy of the steps taken by the Company to ensure that the individuals who perform appraisals and evaluations (new or updated) are appropriately qualified and are not subject to conflicts of interest. If there are any deficiencies noted in the reviews, they are reported to the Bank's Board of Directors and prompt corrective action is taken.


32

Table of Contents

Non-performing Assets
The following table summarizes information regarding non-performing assets at the dates indicated:
 
 
At or for the Years ended
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
December 31,
2010
 
December 31,
2009
 
December 31,
2008
Other real estate owned
$
45,115

 
78,354

 
73,485

 
57,320

 
11,539

Accruing loans 90 days or more past due
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
451

 
59

 
506

 
1,965

 
4,103

Commercial
791

 
1,168

 
3,051

 
1,311

 
2,897

Consumer and other
237

 
186

 
974

 
2,261

 
1,613

Total
1,479

 
1,413

 
4,531

 
5,537

 
8,613

Non-accrual loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
14,237

 
11,881

 
23,095

 
20,093

 
3,575

Commercial
68,887

 
109,641

 
161,136

 
168,328

 
58,454

Consumer and other
13,809

 
12,167

 
8,274

 
9,860

 
2,272

Total
96,933

 
133,689

 
192,505

 
198,281

 
64,301

Total non-performing assets 1
$
143,527

 
213,456

 
270,521

 
261,138

 
84,453

Non-performing assets as a percentage of subsidiary assets
1.87
%
 
2.92
%
 
3.91
%
 
4.13
%
 
1.46
%
Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of non-performing loans
133
%
 
102
%
 
70
%
 
70
%
 
105
%
Accruing loans 30-89 days past due
$
27,097

 
49,086

 
45,497

 
87,491

 
54,787

Troubled debt restructurings not included in non-performing assets
$
100,151

 
98,859

 
26,475

 
13,829

 
n/m

Interest income 2
$
5,161

 
7,441

 
10,987

 
11,730

 
4,434

 
__________
1 
As of December 31, 2012, non-performing assets have not been reduced by U.S. government guarantees of $1.6 million.
2 
Amounts represent estimated interest income that would have been recognized on loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis as of the end of each period had such loans performed pursuant to contractual terms.
n/m - not measurable

As a result of the Company's continued focus on actively managing the disposition of its non-performing assets, the Company had a current year decrease of $69.9 million, or 33 percent, in non-performing assets to $143.5 million at December 31, 2012. The Company's early stage delinquencies (accruing loans 30-89 days past due) has seen a significant decrease during the second half of 2012 and decreased $22.0 million, or 45 percent, to $27.1 million at December 31, 2012 compared to early stage delinquencies of $49.1 million as of December 31, 2011.

The largest category of non-performing assets was the land, lot and other construction loans category, a regulatory classification, which was $66.5 million, or 46 percent, of the non-performing assets at December 31, 2012. Included in this category was $31.5 million of land development loans and $19.1 million in unimproved land loans at December 31, 2012. Although land, lot and other construction loans have put pressure on the Company's credit quality, the Company has continued to reduce this category in the current and prior year.


33

Table of Contents

Most of the Company’s non-performing assets are secured by real estate, and based on the most current information available to management, including updated appraisals or evaluations (new or updated), the Company believes the value of the underlying real estate collateral is adequate to minimize significant charge-offs or loss to the Company. The Company evaluates the level of its non-performing assets, the values of the underlying real estate and other collateral, and related trends in net charge-offs in determining the adequacy of the ALLL. Through pro-active credit administration, the Company works closely with its borrowers to seek favorable resolution to the extent possible, thereby attempting to minimize net charge-offs or losses to the Company. Throughout the year, the Company has maintained an adequate allowance for loan and lease losses while working to reduce non-performing assets. The improvement in the credit quality ratios during the year is a product of this effort.

For non-performing construction loans involving residential structures, the percentage of completion exceeds 95 percent at December 31, 2012. For non-performing construction loans involving commercial structures, the percentage of completion ranges from projects not started to projects completed at December 31, 2012. During the construction loan term, all construction loan collateral properties are inspected at least monthly, or more frequently as needed, until completion. Draws on construction loans are predicated upon the results of the inspection and advanced based upon a percentage of completion basis versus original budget percentages. When construction loans become non-performing and the associated project is not complete, the Company on a case-by-case basis makes the decision to advance additional funds or to initiate collection/foreclosure proceedings. Such decision includes obtaining “as-is” and “at completion” appraisals for consideration of potential increases or decreases in the collateral’s value. The Company also considers the increased costs of monitoring progress to completion, and the related collection/holding period costs should collateral ownership be transferred to the Company. With very limited exception, the Company does not disburse additional funds on non-performing loans. Instead, the Company has proceeded to collection and foreclosure actions in order to reduce the Company’s exposure to loss on such loans.

Construction loans, a regulatory classification. accounted for 40 percent of the Company's non-accrual loans as of December 31, 2012. Land, lot and other construction loans, a regulatory classification, were 95 percent of the non-accrual construction loans. Of the Company’s $39.2 million of non-accrual construction loans at December 31, 2012, 96 percent of such loans had collateral properties securing the loans in Western Montana and Idaho. With locations and operations in the contiguous northern Rocky Mountain states of Idaho and Montana, the geography and economies of each of these geographic areas are predominantly tied to real estate development given the sprawling abundance of timbered valleys and mountainous terrain with significant lakes, streams and watershed areas. Consistent with the general economic downturn, the market for upscale primary, secondary and other housing as well as the associated construction and building industries have stalled after years of significant growth. As the housing market (rental and owner-occupied) and related industries continue to recover from the downturn, the Company continues to reduce its exposure to loss in the land, lot and other construction loan portfolio.

For additional information on accounting policies relating to non-performing assets and impaired loans, see Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."

Impaired Loans
Loans are designated impaired when, based upon current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement and therefore, the Company has serious doubts as to the ability of such borrowers to fulfill the contractual obligation. Impaired loans include non-performing loans (i.e., non-accrual loans and accruing loans ninety days or more past due) and accruing loans under ninety days past due where it is probable payments will not be received according to the loan agreement (e.g., troubled debt restructuring). When the ultimate collectability of the total principal of an impaired loan is in doubt and designated as non-accrual, all payments are applied to principal under the cost recovery method. When the ultimate collectability of the total principal on an impaired loan is not in doubt, contractual interest is generally credited to interest income when received under the cash basis method. Impaired loans were $202 million and $259 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The ALLL includes valuation allowances of $15.5 million and $18.8 million specific to impaired loans as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Of the total impaired loans at December 31, 2012, there were 32 significant commercial real estate and other commercial loans that accounted for $84.0 million, or 42 percent, of the impaired loans. The 32 loans were collateralized by 135 percent of the loan value, the majority of which had appraisals or evaluations (new or updated) during the last year, such appraisals reviewed at least quarterly taking into account current market conditions. Of the total impaired loans at December 31, 2012, there were 119 loans aggregating $100 million, or 50 percent, whereby the borrowers had more than one impaired loan. The amount of impaired loans that have had partial charge-offs during the year for which the Company continues to have concern about the collectability of the remaining loan balance was $12.9 million. Of these loans, there were charge-offs of $3.5 million during 2012.


34

Table of Contents

For collateral-dependent loans and real estate loans for which foreclosure or a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure is probable, impairment is measured by the fair value of the collateral, less estimated cost to sell. The fair value of the collateral is determined primarily based upon appraisal or evaluation (new or updated) of the underlying property value. The Company reviews appraisals or evaluations (new or updated), giving consideration to the highest and best use of the collateral, with values reduced by discounts to consider lack of marketability and estimated cost to sell. Appraisals or evaluations (new or updated) are reviewed at least quarterly and more frequently based on current market conditions, including deterioration in a borrower’s financial condition and when property values may be subject to significant volatility. After review and acceptance of the collateral appraisal or evaluation (new or updated), adjustments to an impaired loan’s value may occur.

In deciding whether to obtain an appraisal or evaluation (new or updated), the Company considers the impact of the following factors and environmental events:
passage of time;
improvements to, or lack of maintenance of, the collateral property;
stressed and volatile economic conditions, including market values;
changes in the performance, risk profile, size and complexity of the credit exposure;
limited or specific use collateral property;
high loan-to-value credit exposures;
changes in the adequacy of the collateral protections, including loan covenants and financially responsible guarantors;
competing properties in the market area;
changes in zoning and environmental contamination;
the nature of subsequent transactions (e.g., modification, restructuring, refinancing); and
the availability of alternative financing sources.

The Company also takes into account 1) the Company’s experience with whether the appraised values of impaired collateral-dependent loans are actually realized, and 2) the timing of cash flows expected to be received from the underlying collateral to the extent such timing is significantly different than anticipated in the most recent appraisal.

The Company generally obtains appraisals or evaluations (new or updated) annually for collateral underlying impaired loans. For collateral-dependent loans for which the appraisal of the underlying collateral is more than twelve months old, the Company updates collateral valuations through procedures that include obtaining current inspections of the collateral property, broker price opinions, comprehensive market analyses and current data for conditions and assumptions (e.g., discounts, comparable sales and trends) underlying the appraisals’ valuation techniques. The Company’s impairment and valuation procedures take into account new and updated appraisals on similar properties in the same area in order to capture current market valuation changes, unfavorable and favorable.

Restructured Loans
A restructured loan is considered a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) if the creditor, for economic or legal reasons related to the debtor’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the debtor that it would not otherwise consider. The Company had TDR loans of $151 million and $165 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company’s TDR loans are considered impaired loans of which $50.9 million and $65.6 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, are designated as non-accrual.

Each restructured debt is separately negotiated with the borrower and includes terms and conditions that reflect the borrower’s prospective ability to service the debt as modified. The Company discourages the use of the multiple loan strategy when restructuring loans regardless of whether or not the notes are TDR loans. The Company does not have any commercial TDR loans as of December 31, 2012 that have repayment dates extended at or near the original maturity date for which the Company has not classified as impaired. At December 31, 2012, the Company has TDR loans of $29.0 million that are in non-accrual status or that have had partial charge-offs during the year, the borrowers of which continue to have $37.8 million in other loans that are on accrual status.


35

Table of Contents

Other Real Estate Owned
The loan book value prior to the acquisition and transfer of the loan into OREO during 2012 was $39.8 million of which $16.1 million was residential real estate, $18.2 million was commercial, and $5.5 million was consumer loans. The fair value of the loan collateral acquired in foreclosure during 2012 was $27.5 million of which $11.6 million was residential real estate, $12.2 million was commercial, and $3.7 million was consumer loans. The following table sets forth the changes in OREO for the periods indicated:
 
 
Years ended
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
December 31,
2010
Balance at beginning of period
$
78,354

 
73,485

 
57,320

Additions
27,536

 
79,295

 
72,572

Capital improvements

 
669

 
273

Write-downs
(13,258
)
 
(16,246
)
 
(10,429
)
Sales
(47,517
)
 
(58,849
)
 
(46,251
)
Balance at end of period
$
45,115

 
78,354

 
73,485


The Company believes that the write-downs in 2012 and 2011 are not considered a trend in that several of such properties have characteristics unique to the property, including special or limited use, and locations of such properties. The Company also determined that the write-downs were not indicative of a trend which would likely affect the future operating results in light of the remaining holdings of real property and the Company’s experience in the geographic markets where the properties are located. However, there can be no assurance that future significant write-downs will not occur.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
Determining the adequacy of the ALLL involves a high degree of judgment and is inevitably imprecise as the risk of loss is difficult to quantify. The ALLL methodology is designed to reasonably estimate the probable loan and lease losses within the Company’s loan portfolio. Accordingly, the ALLL is maintained within a range of estimated losses. The determination of the ALLL, including the provision for loan losses and net charge-offs, is a critical accounting estimate that involves management’s judgments about all known relevant internal and external environmental factors that affect loan losses, including the credit risk inherent in the loan portfolio, economic conditions nationally and in the local markets in which the Company operates, changes in collateral values, delinquencies, non-performing assets and net charge-offs.

Although the Company continues to actively monitor economic trends, soft economic conditions combined with potential declines in the values of real estate that collateralize most of the Company’s loan portfolio may adversely affect the credit risk and potential for loss to the Company.

The ALLL evaluation is well documented and approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. In addition, the policy and procedures for determining the balance of the ALLL are reviewed annually by the Company’s Board of Directors, the internal audit department, independent credit reviewers and state and federal bank regulatory agencies.

At the end of each quarter, the Company analyzes its loan portfolio and maintains an ALLL at a level that is appropriate and determined in accordance with GAAP. The allowance consists of a specific valuation allowance component and a general valuation allowance component. The specific valuation allowance component relates to loans that are determined to be impaired. A specific valuation allowance is established when the fair value of a collateral-dependent loan or the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows (discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate) is lower than the carrying value of the impaired loan. The general valuation allowance component relates to probable credit losses inherent in the balance of the loan portfolio based on prior loss experience, adjusted for changes in trends and conditions of qualitative or environmental factors.


36

Table of Contents

The Bank divisions’ credit administration reviews their respective loan portfolios to determine which loans are impaired and estimates the specific valuation allowance. The impaired loans and related specific valuation allowance are then provided to the Company’s credit administration for further review and approval. The Company’s credit administration also determines the estimated general valuation and reviews and approves the overall ALLL for the Company. The credit administration of the Company exercises significant judgment when evaluating the effect of applicable qualitative or environmental factors on the Company’s historical loss experience for loans not identified as impaired. Quantification of the impact upon the Company’s ALLL is inherently subjective as data for any factor may not be directly applicable, consistently relevant, or reasonably available for management to determine the precise impact of a factor on the collectability of the Company’s unimpaired loan portfolio as of each evaluation date. The Company’s credit administration documents its conclusions and rationale for changes that occur in each applicable factor’s weight (i.e., measurement) and ensures that such changes are directionally consistent based on the underlying current trends and conditions for the factor. To have directional consistency, the provision for loan losses and credit quality should generally move in the same direction.

The Company’s model of eleven bank divisions with separate management teams provides substantial local oversight to the lending and credit management function. The Company’s business model affords multiple reviews of larger loans before credit is extended, a significant benefit in mitigating and managing the Company’s credit risk. The geographic dispersion of the market areas in which the Company operates further mitigates the risk of credit loss. While this process is intended to limit credit exposure, there can be no assurance that further problem credits will not arise and additional loan losses incurred, particularly in periods of rapid economic downturns.

The primary responsibility for credit risk assessment and identification of problem loans rests with the loan officer of the account. This continuous process of identifying impaired loans is necessary to support management’s evaluation of the ALLL adequacy. An independent loan review function verifying credit risk ratings evaluates the loan officer and management’s evaluation of the loan portfolio credit quality. The loan review function also assesses the evaluation process and provides an independent analysis of the adequacy of the ALLL.

No assurance can be given that the Company will not, in any particular period, sustain losses that are significant relative to the ALLL amount, or that subsequent evaluations of the loan portfolio applying management’s judgment about then current factors, including economic and regulatory developments, will not require significant changes in the ALLL. Under such circumstances, this could result in enhanced provisions for loan losses. See additional risk factors in “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”

The following table summarizes the allocation of the ALLL as of the dates indicated:
 
 
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
December 31, 2010
 
December 31, 2009
 
December 31, 2008
(Dollars in thousands)
ALLL
 
Percent of
Loans in
Category
 
ALLL
 
Percent
of Loans in
Category
 
ALLL
 
Percent
of Loans in
Category
 
ALLL
 
Percent
of Loans in
Category
 
ALLL
 
Percent
of Loans in
Category
Residential real estate
$
15,482

 
15
%
 
17,227

 
15
%
 
20,957

 
17
%
 
13,496

 
18
%
 
7,233

 
19
%
Commercial real estate
74,398

 
49
%
 
76,920

 
48
%
 
76,147

 
48
%
 
66,791

 
47
%
 
35,305

 
47
%
Other commercial
21,567

 
18
%
 
20,833

 
18
%
 
19,932

 
17
%
 
39,558

 
18
%
 
21,590

 
16
%
Home equity
10,659

 
12
%
 
13,616

 
13
%
 
13,334

 
13
%
 
13,419

 
12
%
 
6,975

 
13
%
Other consumer
8,748

 
6
%
 
8,920

 
6
%
 
6,737

 
5
%
 
9,663

 
5
%
 
5,636

 
5
%
Totals
$
130,854

 
100
%
 
137,516

 
100
%
 
137,107

 
100
%
 
142,927

 
100
%
 
76,739

 
100
%


37

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the ALLL experience for the periods indicated:
 
 
Years ended
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
December 31,
2010
 
December 31, 2009
 
December 31, 2008
Balance at beginning of period
$
137,516

 
137,107

 
142,927

 
76,739

 
54,413

Provision for loan losses
21,525

 
64,500

 
84,693

 
124,618

 
28,480

Charge-offs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
(5,267
)
 
(5,671
)
 
(16,575
)
 
(18,854
)
 
(3,233
)
Commercial loans
(21,578
)
 
(52,428
)
 
(69,595
)
 
(35,077
)
 
(4,957
)
Consumer and other loans
(7,827
)
 
(11,267
)
 
(7,780
)
 
(6,965
)
 
(1,649
)
Total charge-offs
(34,672
)
 
(69,366
)
 
(93,950
)
 
(60,896
)
 
(9,839
)
Recoveries
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
643

 
486

 
749

 
423

 
23

Commercial loans
4,088

 
3,830

 
2,203

 
1,636

 
716

Consumer and other loans
1,754

 
959

 
485

 
407

 
321

Total recoveries
6,485

 
5,275

 
3,437

 
2,466

 
1,060

Charge-offs, net of recoveries
(28,187
)
 
(64,091
)
 
(90,513
)
 
(58,430
)
 
(8,779
)
Acquisitions 1

 

 

 

 
2,625

Balance at end of period
$
130,854

 
137,516

 
137,107

 
142,927

 
76,739

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans
3.85
%
 
3.97
%
 
3.66
%
 
3.52
%
 
1.88
%
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans
0.80
%
 
1.77
%
 
2.26
%
 
1.41
%
 
0.23
%
__________
1 Acquisition of San Juans in 2008.

The Company’s allowance of $131 million is considered adequate to absorb losses from any class of its loan portfolio. For the periods ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company believes the allowance is commensurate with the risk in the Company’s loan portfolio and is directionally consistent with the change in the quality of the Company’s loan portfolio.

At December 31, 2012, the allowance for loan and lease losses was $131 million, a decrease of $6.7 million from the prior year. The allowance was 3.85 percent of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2012, compared to 3.97 percent at December 31, 2011. The decrease in the allowance as a percentage of loans was determined to be adequate based on the Company's assessment of the allowance and was reflective of the improvement in credit quality measurements. The allowance was 133 percent of non-performing loans at December 31, 2012, an increase from 102 percent at December 31, 2011.

When applied to the Company’s historical loss experience, the qualitative or environmental factors result in the provision for loan losses being recorded in the period in which the loss has probably occurred. When the loss is confirmed at a later date, a charge-off is recorded. During 2012, loan charge-offs, net of recoveries, exceeded the provision for loan losses by $6.7 million. During the same period in 2011, the provision for loan losses exceeded loan charge-offs, net of recoveries, by $409 thousand.

The Company provides commercial services to individuals, small to medium size businesses, community organizations and public entities from 108 locations, including 99 branches, across Montana, Idaho, Wyoming, Colorado, Utah, and Washington. The Rocky Mountain states in which the Company operates has diverse economies and markets that are tied to commodities (crops, livestock, minerals, oil and natural gas), tourism, real estate and land development and an assortment of industries, both manufacturing and service-related. Thus, the changes in the global, national, and local economies are not uniform across the Company’s geographic locations.

38

Table of Contents


Although there continues to be heightened uncertainty in the economic environment, there was notable improvements during 2012 compared to 2011 and the past several years. There was steady growth in the housing permits, housing starts, and completions for new privately owned units during 2012 in Montana, Idaho, Colorado and Utah in relation to the US national statistics. There was improvement in single family residential real estate construction and sales for all of the Company's market areas. Single family residential collateral values in Idaho, Wyoming and Montana stabilized (with some improvement in isolated markets in which the Company operates) compared to the prior year and prior 5 year historical trends. There was a steady decline in the number of foreclosures initiated in 2012 for Montana, Idaho, and Wyoming. The unemployment rates for the states in which the Company conducts operations were generally lower compared to the national unemployment rate. National unemployment rates increased steadily from 5.0 in the first part of 2008 to a range of 7.8 to 10.0 during 2009 through 2011 and has recently declined to 7.8 in December of 2012. Agricultural price declines in livestock and grain in 2009 have recovered significantly and remain strong. While prices for oil have held strong, prices for natural gas continue to remain weak (due to excess supply) especially when compared to the exceptionally high price levels of natural gas during 2008. The tourism industry and related lodging continues to be a source of strength for the locations where the Company’s market areas have national parks and similar recreational areas in the market areas served.

In evaluating the need for a specific or general valuation allowance for impaired and unimpaired loans, respectively, within the Company’s construction loan portfolio, (i.e., regulatory classification), including residential construction and land, lot and other construction loans, the credit risk related to such loans was considered in the ongoing monitoring of such loans, including assessments based on current information, including appraisals or evaluations (new or updated) of the underlying collateral, expected cash flows and the timing thereof, as well as the estimated cost to sell when such costs are expected to reduce the cash flows available to repay or otherwise satisfy the construction loan. Construction loans are 12 percent of the Company’s total loan portfolio and account for 40 percent of the Company’s non-accrual loans at December 31, 2012. Collateral securing construction loans includes residential buildings (e.g., single/multi-family and condominiums), commercial buildings, and associated land (multi-acre parcels and individual lots, with and without shorelines).

The Company’s allowance consisted of the following components as of the dates indicated:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
Specific valuation allowance
$
15,534

 
18,828

General valuation allowance
115,320

 
118,688

Total ALLL
$
130,854

 
137,516


During 2012, the ALLL decreased by $6.7 million, the net result of a $3.3 million decrease in the specific valuation allowance and a $3.4 million decrease in the general valuation allowance. The decrease in the specific valuation allowance since the prior year end was primarily due to the decrease in loans with a specific valuation allowance of $15.0 million. The decrease in the general valuation allowance was the result of a $11.8 million decrease in loans collectively evaluated for impairment and an improvement in the historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative or environmental factors. Further supporting the decrease in the ALLL were the following trends:
Non-accrual construction loans, (i.e., residential construction and land, lot and other construction, each a regulatory classification) were $39.2 million, or 40 percent, of the $96.9 million of non-accrual loans at year end 2012, a decrease of $28.7 million from the prior year end. Non-accrual construction loans at year end 2011 accounted for 51 percent of the $134 million of non-accrual loans.
Non-performing loans as a percent of total loans decreased to 2.90 percent at December 31, 2012 as compared to 3.90 percent at December 31, 2011.
Charge-offs, net of recoveries, in 2012 were $28.2 million, a $35.9 million decrease from 2011.
Net charge-offs of construction loans were $12.4 million, or 44 percent, of the $28.2 million of net charge-offs in 2012 compared to net charge-offs of construction loans of $35.6 million, or 56 percent, of the $64.1 million of net charge-offs in 2011.
Early stage delinquencies (accruing loans 30-89 days past due) decreased to $27.1 million at year end 2012 from $49.1 million at the prior year end.
Impaired loans as a percent of total loans decreased to 5.94 percent at year end 2012 as compared to 7.46 percent at year end 2011.

For additional information regarding the ALLL, its relation to the provision for loan losses and risk related to asset quality, see Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”



39

Table of Contents

Loans by Regulatory Classification
Supplemental information regarding identification of the Company's loan portfolio and credit quality based on regulatory classification is provided in the following tables. The regulatory classification of loans is based primarily on the type of collateral for the loans. There may be differences when compared to loan tables and loan amounts appearing elsewhere which reflect the Company's internal loan segments and classes which are based on the purpose of the loan.

The following table summarizes the Company’s loan portfolio by regulatory classification:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
$ Change
 
% Change
Custom and owner occupied construction
$
40,327

 
35,422

 
4,905

 
14
 %
Pre-sold and spec construction
34,970

 
58,811

 
(23,841
)
 
(41
)%
Total residential construction
75,297

 
94,233

 
(18,936
)
 
(20
)%
Land development
80,132

 
103,881

 
(23,749
)
 
(23
)%
Consumer land or lots
104,229

 
125,396

 
(21,167
)
 
(17
)%
Unimproved land
53,459

 
66,074

 
(12,615
)
 
(19
)%
Developed lots for operative builders
16,675

 
25,180

 
(8,505
)
 
(34
)%
Commercial lots
19,654

 
26,621

 
(6,967
)
 
(26
)%
Other construction
56,109

 
34,346

 
21,763

 
63
 %
Total land, lot, and other construction
330,258

 
381,498

 
(51,240
)
 
(13
)%
Owner occupied
710,161

 
697,131

 
13,030

 
2
 %
Non-owner occupied
452,966

 
436,021

 
16,945

 
4
 %
Total commercial real estate
1,163,127

 
1,133,152

 
29,975

 
3
 %
Commercial and industrial
420,459

 
408,054

 
12,405

 
3
 %
1st lien
738,854

 
688,455

 
50,399

 
7
 %
Junior lien
82,083

 
95,508

 
(13,425
)
 
(14
)%
Total 1-4 family
820,937

 
783,963

 
36,974

 
5
 %
Home equity lines of credit
319,779

 
350,229

 
(30,450
)
 
(9
)%
Other consumer
109,019

 
109,235

 
(216
)
 
 %
Total consumer
428,798

 
459,464

 
(30,666
)
 
(7
)%
Agriculture
145,890

 
151,031

 
(5,141
)
 
(3
)%
Other
158,160

 
150,197

 
7,963

 
5
 %
Loans held for sale
(145,501
)
 
(95,457
)
 
(50,044
)
 
52
 %
Total
$
3,397,425

 
3,466,135

 
(68,710
)
 
(2
)%

40

Table of Contents

The following tables summarize selected information identified by regulatory classification on the Company’s non-performing assets.
 
 
Non-performing Assets, by Loan Type
 
Non-
Accruing
Loans
 
Accruing
Loans 90  Days
or More Past Due
 
Other
Real Estate
Owned
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2012
Custom and owner occupied construction
$
1,343

 
1,531

 
1,343

 

 

Pre-sold and spec construction
1,603

 
5,506

 
785

 

 
818

Total residential construction
2,946

 
7,037

 
2,128

 

 
818

Land development
31,471

 
56,152

 
16,563

 

 
14,908

Consumer land or lots
6,459

 
8,878

 
3,169

 
37

 
3,253

Unimproved land
19,121

 
35,771

 
14,752

 

 
4,369

Developed lots for operative builders
2,393

 
9,001

 
1,381

 

 
1,012

Commercial lots
1,959

 
2,032

 
979

 

 
980

Other construction
5,105

 
5,133

 
194

 

 
4,911

Total land, lot and other construction
66,508

 
116,967

 
37,038

 
37

 
29,433

Owner occupied
15,662

 
23,931

 
10,495

 
568

 
4,599

Non-owner occupied
4,621

 
4,897

 
3,611

 
42

 
968

Total commercial real estate
20,283

 
28,828

 
14,106

 
610

 
5,567

Commercial and industrial
5,970

 
12,855

 
5,774

 
181

 
15

1st lien
25,739

 
31,083

 
20,261

 
459

 
5,019

Junior lien
6,660

 
2,506

 
6,559

 

 
101

Total 1-4 family
32,399

 
33,589

 
26,820

 
459

 
5,120

Home equity lines of credit
8,041

 
6,361

 
7,120

 
180

 
741

Other consumer
441

 
360

 
306

 
12

 
123

Total consumer
8,482

 
6,721

 
7,426

 
192

 
864

Agriculture
6,686

 
7,010

 
3,641

 

 
3,045

Other
253

 
449

 

 

 
253

Total
$
143,527

 
213,456

 
96,933

 
1,479

 
45,115



41

Table of Contents

 
Accruing 30-89 Days Delinquent Loans, by Loan Type
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
$ Change
 
% Change
Custom and owner occupied construction
$
5

 

 
5

 
n/m

Pre-sold and spec construction
893

 
250

 
643

 
257
 %
Total residential construction
898

 
250

 
648

 
259
 %
Land development
191

 
458

 
(267
)
 
(58
)%
Consumer land or lots
762

 
1,801

 
(1,039
)
 
(58
)%
Unimproved land
422

 
1,342

 
(920
)
 
(69
)%
Developed lots for operative builders
422

 
1,336

 
(914
)
 
(68
)%
Commercial lots
11

 

 
11

 
n/m

Total land, lot and other construction
1,808

 
4,937

 
(3,129
)
 
(63
)%
Owner occupied
5,523

 
8,187

 
(2,664
)
 
(33
)%
Non-owner occupied
2,802

 
1,791

 
1,011

 
56
 %
Total commercial real estate
8,325

 
9,978

 
(1,653
)
 
(17
)%
Commercial and industrial
1,905

 
4,637

 
(2,732
)
 
(59
)%
1st lien
7,352

 
14,405

 
(7,053
)
 
(49
)%
Junior lien
732

 
6,471

 
(5,739
)
 
(89
)%
Total 1-4 family
8,084

 
20,876

 
(12,792
)
 
(61
)%
Home equity lines of credit
4,164

 
3,416

 
748

 
22
 %
Other consumer
1,001

 
1,172

 
(171
)
 
(15
)%
Total consumer
5,165

 
4,588

 
577

 
13
 %
Agriculture
912

 
3,428

 
(2,516
)
 
(73
)%
Other

 
392

 
(392
)
 
(100
)%
Total
$
27,097

 
49,086

 
(21,989
)
 
(45
)%
__________
n/m - not measurable


42

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes net charge-offs at the dates indicated, including identification by regulatory classification:
 
 
Net Charge-Offs (Recoveries), Years Ended, By Loan Type
 
Charge-Offs
 
Recoveries
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2012
Custom and owner occupied construction
$
24

 
206

 
75

 
51

Pre-sold and spec construction
2,489

 
4,069

 
2,641

 
152

Total residential construction
2,513

 
4,275

 
2,716

 
203

Land development
3,035

 
17,055

 
3,975

 
940

Consumer land or lots
4,003

 
7,456

 
4,442

 
439

Unimproved land
636

 
4,047

 
1,039

 
403

Developed lots for operative builders
1,802

 
943

 
2,098

 
296

Commercial lots
362

 
237

 
489

 
127

Other construction

 
1,568

 

 

Total land, lot and other construction
9,838

 
31,306

 
12,043

 
2,205

Owner occupied
1,312

 
3,815

 
1,507

 
195

Non-owner occupied
597

 
3,861

 
1,037

 
440

Total commercial real estate
1,909

 
7,676

 
2,544

 
635

Commercial and industrial
2,651

 
7,871

 
3,696

 
1,045

1st lien
5,257

 
7,031

 
6,420

 
1,163

Junior lien
3,464

 
1,663

 
3,787

 
323

Total 1-4 family
8,721

 
8,694

 
10,207

 
1,486

Home equity lines of credit
2,124

 
3,261

 
2,443

 
319

Other consumer
262

 
615

 
641

 
379

Total consumer
2,386

 
3,876

 
3,084

 
698

Agriculture
125

 
134

 
261

 
136

Other
44

 
259

 
121

 
77

Total
$
28,187

 
64,091

 
34,672

 
6,485



43

Table of Contents

Investment Activity
The Company’s investment securities are generally classified as available-for-sale and are carried at estimated fair value with unrealized gains or losses, net of tax, reflected as an adjustment to stockholders’ equity. Investment securities designated as available-for-sale are summarized below:
 
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
December 31, 2010
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
U.S. government and federal agency
$
202

 
%
 
$
208

 
%
 
$
211

 
%
U.S. government sponsored enterprises
17,480

 
%
 
31,155

 
1
%
 
41,518

 
2
%
State and local governments
1,214,518

 
33
%
 
1,064,655

 
34
%
 
657,421

 
27
%
Corporate bonds
288,795

 
8
%
 
62,237

 
2
%
 

 
%
Collateralized debt obligations
1,708

 
%
 
5,366

 
%
 
6,595

 
%
Residential mortgage-backed securities
2,160,302

 
59
%
 
1,963,122

 
63
%
 
1,690,102

 
71
%
Total investment securities, available-for-sale
$
3,683,005

 
100
%
 
$
3,126,743

 
100
%
 
$
2,395,847

 
100
%

The Company’s investment portfolio is primarily comprised of residential mortgage-backed securities and state and local government securities which are largely exempt from federal income tax. The Company uses the maximum federal statutory rate of 35 percent in calculating its tax-equivalent yield. The residential mortgage-backed securities are typically short weighted-average life U.S. government agency CMOs and provide the Company with on-going liquidity as scheduled and pre-paid principal payments are made on the securities. It has generally been the Company’s policy to maintain a liquid portfolio above policy limits.

Interest income from investment securities consisted of the following:
 
Years ended
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
December 31,
2010
Taxable interest
$
28,687

 
44,842

 
33,659

Tax-exempt interest
37,699

 
31,420

 
23,351

Total interest income
$
66,386

 
76,262

 
57,010


For additional investment activity information, see Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment on Securities Analysis
Non-marketable equity securities owned at December 31, 2012 primarily consisted of stock issued by the FHLB of Seattle, such shares measured at cost in recognition of the transferability restrictions imposed by the issuers. Other non-marketable equity securities include Federal Agriculture Mortgage Corporation and Bankers' Bank of the West Bancorporation, Inc.

With respect to FHLB stock, the Company evaluates such stock for other-than-temporary impairment. Such evaluation takes into consideration 1) FHLB deficiency, if any, in meeting applicable regulatory capital targets, including risk-based capital requirements, 2) the significance of any decline in net assets of the FHLB as compared to the capital stock amount for the FHLB and the time period for any such decline, 3) commitments by the FHLB to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating performance of the FHLB, 4) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on the FHLB, and 5) the liquidity position of the FHLB.

Based on the Company's analysis of its impaired non-marketable equity securities as of December 31, 2012, the Company determined that none of such securities had other-than-temporary impairment.

In evaluating debt securities for other-than-temporary impairment losses, management assesses whether the Company intends to sell the security or if it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell the debt security. In so doing, management considers contractual constraints, liquidity, capital, asset / liability management and securities portfolio objectives.


44

Table of Contents

The Company believes that macroeconomic conditions occurring throughout 2012 and 2011 have unfavorably impacted the fair value of certain debt securities in its investment portfolio. In August 2011, Standard and Poor's downgraded the United States long-term debt rating from its AAA rating to AA+ with a negative outlook. Both Moody's and Fitch have continued to maintain their long-term debt ratings of the United States as Aaa and AAA, respectively, each with a negative outlook. Standard and Poor's, Moody's and Fitch have similar credit ratings and outlooks with respect to certain long-term debt instruments issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and other U.S. government agencies linked to long-term United States debt. For debt securities with limited or inactive markets, the impact of these macroeconomic conditions upon fair value estimates includes higher risk-adjusted discount rates and downgrades in credit ratings provided by nationally recognized credit rating agencies, (e.g., Moody's, Standard and Poor's, and Fitch).

The following table separates investments with an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2012 into two categories: investments purchased prior to 2012 and those purchased during 2012. Of those investments purchased prior to 2012, the fair market value and unrealized loss at December 31, 2011 is also presented.

 
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair Value
 
Unrealized
Loss
 
Unrealized
Loss as a
Percent of
Fair Value
 
Fair Value
 
Unrealized
Loss
 
Unrealized
Loss as a
Percent of
Fair Value
Temporarily impaired securities purchased prior to 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
State and local governments
$
12,286

 
(111
)
 
(1
)%
 
12,366

 
(131
)
 
(1
)%
Residential mortgage-backed securities
165,500

 
(819
)
 
 %
 
508,996

 
(3,669
)
 
(1
)%
Total
$
177,786

 
(930
)
 
(1
)%
 
521,362

 
(3,800
)
 
(1
)%
Temporarily impaired securities purchased during 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
State and local governments
$
95,143

 
(1,494
)
 
(2
)%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
41,856

 
(238
)
 
(1
)%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities
852,640

 
(3,788
)
 
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
$
989,639

 
(5,520
)
 
(1
)%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Temporarily impaired securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
State and local governments
$
107,429

 
(1,605
)
 
(1
)%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
41,856

 
(238
)
 
(1
)%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities
1,018,140

 
(4,607
)
 
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
$
1,167,425

 
(6,450
)
 
(1
)%
 
 
 
 
 
 

With respect to severity, the following table provides the number of securities and amount of unrealized loss in the various ranges of unrealized loss as a percent of book value at December 31, 2012:
(Dollars in thousands)
Number of
Debt
Securities
 
Unrealized
Loss
Greater than 15.0%
1

 
$
(14
)
10.1% to 15.0%
1

 
(61
)
5.1% to 10.0%
7

 
(638
)
0.1% to 5.0%
557

 
(5,737
)
Total
566

 
$
(6,450
)


45

Table of Contents

With respect to the duration of the impaired debt securities, the Company identified 48 securities which have been continuously impaired for the twelve months ending December 31, 2012. The valuation history of such securities in the prior year(s) was also reviewed to determine the number of months in prior year(s) in which the identified securities was in an unrealized loss position.

The following table provides details of the 48 securities which have been continuously impaired for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, including the most notable loss for any one bond in each category.

(Dollars in thousands)
Number of
Debt
Securities
 
Unrealized
Loss for
12 Months
Or More
 
Most
Notable
Loss
State and local governments
9

 
$
(74
)
 
$
(18
)
Residential mortgage-backed securities
39

 
(566
)
 
(410
)
Total
48

 
$
(640
)
 
 

Of the 39 residential mortgage-backed securities, 35 have underlying collateral consisting of U.S. government guaranteed mortgages (e.g. GNMA) and U.S. government sponsored enterprise (e.g. FHLMC) guaranteed mortgages. Each of the 4 remaining residential mortgage-backed securities have underlying non-guaranteed private label whole loan collateral of which 3 have 30-year fixed rate residential mortgages considered to be “Prime” and 1 has 30-year fixed rate residential mortgages considered to be “Alt - A.” Moreover, none of the underlying mortgage collateral is considered “subprime.” The Company engages a third-party to perform detailed analysis for other-than-temporary impairment of such securities. Such analysis takes into consideration original and current data for the tranche and CMO structure, the non-guaranteed classification of each CMO tranche, current and deal inception credit ratings, credit support (protection) afforded the tranche through the subordination of other tranches in the CMO structure, the nature of the collateral (e.g., Prime or Alt-A) underlying each CMO tranche, and realized cash flows since purchase.

Based on the Company's analysis of its impaired debt securities as of December 31, 2012, the Company determined that none of such securities had other-than-temporary impairment.

Sources of Funds
The Company’s deposits have traditionally been the principal source of funds for use in lending and other business purposes. The Company has a number of different deposit programs designed to attract both short-term and long-term deposits from the general public by providing a wide selection of accounts and rates. These programs include non-interest bearing demand accounts, interest bearing checking, regular statement savings, money market deposit accounts, and fixed rate certificates of deposit with maturities ranging from three months to five years, negotiated-rate jumbo certificates, and individual retirement accounts. In addition, the Company obtains wholesale deposits through various programs including reciprocal deposit programs (e.g., CDARS).

The Company also obtains funds from repayment of loans and investment securities, repurchase agreements, advances from the FHLB, other borrowings, and sale of loans and investment securities. Loan repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, while interest bearing deposit inflows and outflows are significantly influenced by general interest rate levels and market conditions. Borrowings and advances may be used on a short-term basis to compensate for reductions in normal sources of funds such as deposit inflows at less than projected levels. Borrowings also may be used on a long-term basis to support expanded activities and to match maturities of longer-term assets.


46

Table of Contents

Deposits
Deposits are obtained primarily from individual and business residents of the Bank's market area. The Bank issues negotiated-rate certificate of deposits accounts and has paid a limited amount of fees to brokers to obtain deposits. The following table illustrates the amounts outstanding at December 31, 2012 for deposits of $100,000 and greater, according to the time remaining to maturity. Included in certificates of deposit are brokered certificates of deposit and deposits issued through the CDARS of $505 million. Included in Demand Deposits are brokered deposits of $236 million.
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Certificates of Deposit
 
Demand Deposits
 
Totals
Within three months
$
316,568

 
2,361,528

 
2,678,096

Three months to six months
154,766

 

 
154,766

Seven months to twelve months
205,395

 

 
205,395

Over twelve months
367,759

 

 
367,759

Totals
$
1,044,488

 
2,361,528

 
3,406,016


For additional deposit information, see Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Repurchase Agreements, FHLB Advances and Other Borrowings
The Bank has borrowed money through repurchase agreements. This process involves the “selling” of one or more of the securities in the Bank’s investment portfolio and by simultaneously entering into an agreement to “repurchase” that same security at an agreed upon later date, typically overnight. A rate of interest is paid for the subject period of time. Through a policy adopted by the Bank's Board of Directors, the Bank enters into repurchase agreements with local municipalities, and certain customers, and have adopted procedures designed to ensure proper transfer of title and safekeeping of the underlying securities. In addition to retail repurchase agreements, the Company has entered into wholesale repurchase agreements as additional funding sources which the Company utilizes from time to time. The Company has not entered into reverse repurchase agreements.

The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Seattle which is one of twelve banks that comprise the FHLB System. As a member of the FHLB, the Bank may borrow from the FHLB on the security of FHLB stock, which the Bank is required to own as a member. The borrowings are collateralized by eligible categories of loans and investment securities (principally, securities which are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. government and its agencies), provided certain standards related to credit-worthiness have been met. Advances are made pursuant to several different credit programs, each of which has its own interest rate and range of maturities. Depending on the program, limitations on the amount of advances are based either on a fixed percentage of an institution’s total assets or on the FHLB’s assessment of the institution’s credit-worthiness. FHLB advances have been used from time to time to meet seasonal and other withdrawals of deposits and to expand lending by matching a portion of the estimated amortization and prepayments of retained fixed rate mortgages.

For additional information concerning the Company’s borrowings and repurchase agreements, see Notes 8 and 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Short-term borrowings
A critical component of the Company’s liquidity and capital resources is access to short-term borrowings to fund its operations. Short-term borrowings are accompanied by increased risks managed by the Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”) such as rate increases or unfavorable change in terms which would make it more costly to obtain future short-term borrowings. The Company’s short-term borrowing sources include FHLB advances, federal funds purchased, wholesale deposits, and retail and wholesale repurchase agreements. The Company also has access to the short-term discount window borrowing programs (i.e., primary credit) of the Federal Reserve Bank ("FRB"). FHLB advances and certain other short-term borrowings may be extended as long-term borrowings to decrease certain risks such as liquidity or interest rate risk; however, the reduction in risks are weighed against the increased cost of funds.


47

Table of Contents

The following table provides information relating to short-term borrowings which consists of borrowings that mature within one year of period end: 
 
At or for the Years ended
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
December 31,
2010
Repurchase agreements
 
 
 
 
 
Amount outstanding at end of period
$
289,508

 
258,643

 
249,403

Weighted interest rate on outstanding amount
0.32
%
 
0.42
%
 
0.63
%
Maximum outstanding at any month-end
$
466,784

 
338,352

 
252,083

Average balance
$
354,324

 
267,058

 
227,202

Weighted average interest rate
0.37
%
 
0.51
%
 
0.71
%
FHLB advances
 
 
 
 
 
Amount outstanding at end of period
$
720,000

 
792,000

 
761,064

Weighted interest rate on outstanding amount
0.28
%
 
0.68
%
 
0.33
%
Maximum outstanding at any month-end
$
792,018

 
877,017

 
773,076

Average balance
$
719,762

 
721,226

 
488,044

Weighted average interest rate
0.50
%
 
0.76
%
 
0.39
%

Subordinated Debentures
In addition to funds obtained in the ordinary course of business, the Company formed or acquired financing subsidiaries for the purpose of issuing trust preferred securities that entitle the shareholder to receive cumulative cash distributions from payments thereon. The subordinated debentures outstanding as of December 31, 2012 were $125 million, including fair value adjustments from prior acquisitions. For additional information regarding the subordinated debentures, see Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
The Company has outstanding debt maturities, the largest aggregate amount of which were FHLB advances. In the normal course of business, there may be various outstanding commitments to obtain funding, such as brokered deposits, and to extend credit, such as letters of credit and un-advanced loan commitments, which are not reflected in the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements. The Company does not anticipate any material losses as a result of these transactions. For the schedules of outstanding commitments, see Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

The following table represents the Company’s contractual obligations as of December 31, 2012:
 
 
 
 
Payments Due by Period
(Dollars in thousands)
Total
 
Indeter-minate
Maturity
1
 
2013
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
Thereafter
Deposits
$
5,364,461

 
3,827,346

 
1,246,425

 
161,973

 
73,115

 
37,073

 
18,439

 
90

Repurchase agreements
289,508

 

 
289,508

 

 

 

 

 

FHLB advances
997,013

 

 
720,000

 

 
75,000

 
45,000

 

 
157,013

Other borrowed funds
8,244

 

 
50

 

 

 

 
97

 
8,097

Subordinated debentures
125,418

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
125,418

Capital lease obligations
2,407

 

 
238

 
828

 
195

 
197

 
200

 
749

Operating lease obligations
14,042

 

 
2,317

 
2,227

 
2,043

 
1,813

 
1,506

 
4,136

 
$
6,801,093

 
3,827,346

 
2,258,538

 
165,028

 
150,353

 
84,083

 
20,242

 
295,503

__________
1 Represents non-interest bearing deposits and NOW, savings, and money market accounts.



48

Table of Contents

Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk is the possibility that the Company will not be able to fund present and future obligations as they come due because of an inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding at a reasonable cost. The objective of liquidity management is to maintain cash flows adequate to meet current and future needs for credit demand, deposit withdrawals, maturing liabilities and corporate operating expenses. Effective liquidity management entails three elements:
1.
Assessing on an ongoing basis, the current and expected future needs for funds, and ensuring that sufficient funds or access to funds exist to meet those needs at the appropriate time.
2.
Providing for an adequate cushion of liquidity to meet unanticipated cash flow needs that may arise from potential adverse circumstances ranging from high probability/low severity events to low probability/high severity.
3.
Balancing the benefits between providing for adequate liquidity to mitigate potential adverse events and the cost of that liquidity.

The following table identifies certain liquidity sources and capacity available to the Company at December 31, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
FHLB advances
 
Borrowing capacity
$
1,081,728

Amount utilized
(997,013
)
Amount available
$
84,715

FRB discount window
 
Borrowing capacity
$
463,038

Amount utilized

Amount available
$
463,038

Unsecured lines of credit available
$
171,000

Unencumbered investment securities
 
U.S. government and federal agency
$
202

U.S. government sponsored enterprises
2,010

State and local governments
1,026,203

Corporate bonds
288,795

Collateralized debt obligations
1,708

Residential mortgage-backed securities
944,163

Total unencumbered securities
$
2,263,081


The Company has a wide range of versatility in managing the liquidity and asset/liability mix. The Company’s ALCO committee meets regularly to assess liquidity risk, among other matters. The Company monitors liquidity and contingency funding alternatives through management reports of liquid assets (e.g., investment securities), both unencumbered and pledged, as well as borrowing capacity, both secured and unsecured.

Capital Resources
Maintaining capital strength continues to be a long-term objective. Abundant capital is necessary to sustain growth, provide protection against unanticipated declines in asset values, and to safeguard the funds of depositors. Capital is also a source of funds for loan demand and enables the Company to effectively manage its assets and liabilities. Taking these considerations into account, the Company may, as it has done in the past, decide to utilize a portion of its strong capital position to repurchase shares of its outstanding common stock, from time to time, depending on market price and other relevant considerations.


49

Table of Contents

The Federal Reserve Board has adopted capital adequacy guidelines that are used to assess the adequacy of capital in supervising a bank holding company. The Company and the Bank were considered well capitalized by their respective regulators as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. There are no conditions or events after December 31, 2012 that management believes have changed the Company’s or the Bank’s risk-based capital category.

The following table illustrates the Federal Reserve Board’s capital adequacy guidelines and the Company’s compliance with those guidelines as of December 31, 2012.
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Tier 1
Capital
 
Total
Capital
 
Tier 1 Leverage
Capital
Total stockholders’ equity
$
900,949

 
900,949

 
900,949

Less:
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill and intangibles
(112,274
)
 
(112,274
)
 
(112,274
)
Net unrealized gains on investment securities and change in fair value of derivatives used for cash flow hedges
(47,962
)
 
(47,962
)
 
(47,962
)
Plus:
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses

 
58,361

 

Subordinated debentures
124,500

 
124,500

 
124,500

Total regulatory capital
$
865,213

 
923,574

 
865,213

Risk-weighted assets
$
4,596,267

 
4,596,267

 
 
Total adjusted average assets
 
 
 
 
$
7,650,136

Capital ratio
18.82
%
 
20.09
%
 
11.31
%
Regulatory “well capitalized” requirement
6.00
%
 
10.00
%
 
 
Excess over “well capitalized” requirement
12.82
%
 
10.09
%
 
 

In addition to the primary and contingent liquidity sources available, the Company has the capacity to issue 117,187,500 shares of common stock of which 71,937,222 has been issued as of December 31, 2012. The Company also has the capacity to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred shares of which none are currently issued. For additional information regarding regulatory capital, see Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Federal and State Income Taxes
The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return, using the accrual method of accounting. All required tax returns have been timely filed. Financial institutions are subject to the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, in the same general manner as other corporations.

Under Montana, Idaho, Colorado and Utah law, financial institutions are subject to a corporation income tax, which incorporates or is substantially similar to applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. The corporation income tax is imposed on federal taxable income, subject to certain adjustments. State taxes are incurred at the rate of 6.75 percent in Montana, 7.6 percent in Idaho, 5 percent in Utah and 4.63 percent in Colorado. Wyoming and Washington do not impose a corporate-level income tax.

The Company has equity investments in Certified Development Entities which have received allocations of New Markets Tax Credits (“NMTC”). Administered by the Community Development Financial Institutions Fund of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the NMTC program is aimed at stimulating economic and community development and job creation in low-income communities. The federal income tax credits received are claimed over a seven-year credit allowance period. The Company also has equity investments in Low-Income Housing Tax Credits which are indirect federal subsidies used to finance the development of affordable rental housing for low-income households. The federal income tax credits are claimed over a ten-year credit allowance period. The Company has investments in Qualified Zone Academy and Qualified School Construction bonds whereby the Company receives quarterly federal income tax credits in lieu of taxable interest income until the bonds mature. The federal income tax credits on these bonds are subject to federal and state income tax.


50

Table of Contents

Following is a list of expected federal income tax credits to be received in the years indicated.
 
(Dollars in thousands)
New
Markets
Tax Credits
 
Low-Income
Housing
Tax Credits
 
Investment
Securities
Tax Credits
 
Total
2013
$
2,775

 
1,270

 
930

 
4,975

2014
2,850

 
1,270

 
908

 
5,028

2015
2,850

 
1,175

 
883

 
4,908

2016
1,014

 
1,175

 
858

 
3,047

2017
450

 
1,060

 
782

 
2,292

Thereafter

 
3,082

 
4,456

 
7,538

 
$
9,939

 
9,032

 
8,817

 
27,788


Income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $19.1 million and $(281) thousand, respectively. The Company’s effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was 20.2 percent and (1.6) percent, respectively. The primary reason for the current year's low effective tax rate is the amount of tax-exempt investment income and federal tax credits. In addition to the tax-exempt investment income and federal tax credits, the prior year's negative effective rate was largely due to the goodwill impairment charge. The tax-exempt income was $37.7 million and $31.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The federal tax credit benefits were $3.9 million and $3.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company continues to hold its investments in select municipal securities and variable interest entities whereby the Company receives federal tax credits.

See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for additional information.

Average Balance Sheet
The following schedule provides 1) the total dollar amount of interest and dividend income of the Company for earning assets and the average yield; 2) the total dollar amount of interest expense on interest bearing liabilities and the average rate; 3) net interest and dividend income and interest rate spread; and 4) net interest margin (tax-equivalent).
 

51

Table of Contents

 
Years ended
 
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
December 31, 2010
(Dollars in thousands)
Average
Balance
 
Interest &
Dividends
 
Average
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest &
Dividends
 
Average
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest &
Dividends
 
Average
Yield/
Rate
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate loans
$
611,910

 
$
30,850

 
5.04
%
 
$
581,644

 
$
33,060

 
5.68
%
 
$
772,074

 
$
45,401

 
5.88
%
Commercial loans
2,274,128

 
121,425

 
5.32
%
 
2,364,115

 
130,249

 
5.51
%
 
2,542,186

 
143,861

 
5.66
%
Consumer and other loans
620,584

 
35,096

 
5.64
%
 
680,032

 
40,538

 
5.96
%
 
684,752

 
42,130

 
6.15
%
Total loans 1
3,506,622

 
187,371

 
5.33
%
 
3,625,791

 
203,847

 
5.62
%
 
3,999,012

 
231,392

 
5.79
%
Tax-exempt investment securities 2
888,839

 
54,389

 
6.12
%
 
705,548

 
45,331

 
6.42
%
 
479,640

 
33,690

 
7.02
%
Taxable investment securities 3
2,598,589

 
30,231

 
1.16
%
 
2,115,779

 
46,410

 
2.19
%
 
1,378,468

 
35,162

 
2.55
%
Total earning assets
6,994,050

 
271,991

 
3.88
%
 
6,447,118

 
295,588

 
4.58
%
 
5,857,120

 
300,244

 
5.13
%
Goodwill and intangibles
113,321

 
 
 
 
 
145,623

 
 
 
 
 
158,636

 
 
 
 
Non-earning assets
365,408

 
 
 
 
 
330,075

 
 
 
 
 
291,284

 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
7,472,779

 
 
 
 
 
$
6,922,816

 
 
 
 
 
$
6,307,040

 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-interest bearing deposits
$
1,080,854

 
$

 
%
 
$
923,039

 
$

 
%
 
$
850,513

 
$

 
%
NOW accounts
872,529

 
1,370

 
0.16
%
 
775,383

 
1,906

 
0.25
%
 
718,175

 
2,545

 
0.35
%
Savings accounts
450,940

 
342

 
0.08
%
 
387,921

 
511

 
0.13
%
 
345,297

 
725

 
0.21
%
Money market deposit accounts
888,620

 
2,221

 
0.25
%
 
875,127

 
3,667

 
0.42
%
 
848,495

 
6,975

 
0.82
%
Certificate accounts
1,049,752

 
11,633

 
1.11
%
 
1,085,293

 
16,332

 
1.50
%
 
1,082,428

 
21,016

 
1.94
%
Wholesale deposits 4
693,463

 
2,617

 
0.38
%
 
622,808

 
2,853

 
0.46
%
 
533,476

 
4,337

 
0.81
%
FHLB advances
996,766

 
12,566

 
1.26
%
 
942,651

 
12,687

 
1.35
%
 
691,969

 
9,523

 
1.38
%
Repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased and other borrowed funds
495,871

 
4,965

 
1.00
%
 
418,626

 
6,538

 
1.56
%
 
407,516

 
8,513

 
2.09
%
Total interest bearing liabilities
6,528,795

 
35,714

 
0.55
%
 
6,030,848

 
44,494

 
0.87
%
 
5,477,869

 
53,634

 
1.16
%
Other liabilities
59,571

 
 
 
 
 
34,343

 
 
 
 
 
31,675

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities
6,588,366

 
 
 
 
 
6,065,191

 
 
 
 
 
5,509,544

 
 
 
 
Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock
719

 
 
 
 
 
719

 
 
 
 
 
697

 
 
 
 
Paid-in capital
642,009

 
 
 
 
 
643,140

 
 
 
 
 
611,577

 
 
 
 
Retained earnings
194,413

 
 
 
 
 
195,301

 
 
 
 
 
196,785

 
 
 
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
47,272

 
 
 
 
 
18,465

 
 
 
 
 
8,437

 
 
 
 
Total stockholders’ equity
884,413

 
 
 
 
 
857,625

 
 
 
 
 
817,496

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
7,472,779

 
 
 
 
 
$
6,922,816

 
 
 
 
 
$
6,327,040

 
 
 
 
Net interest income (tax-equivalent)
 
 
$
236,277

 
 
 
 
 
$
251,094

 
 
 
 
 
$
246,610

 
 
Net interest spread (tax-equivalent)
 
 
 
 
3.33
%
 
 
 
 
 
3.71
%
 
 
 
 
 
3.97
%
Net interest margin (tax-equivalent)
 
 
 
 
3.37
%
 
 
 
 
 
3.89
%
 
 
 
 
 
4.21
%
 
__________
1 
Total loans are gross of the allowance for loan and lease losses, net of unearned income and include loans held for sale. Non-accrual loans were included in the average volume for the entire period.
2 
Includes tax effect of $16.7 million, $13.9 million and $10.3 million on tax-exempt investment security income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
3 
Includes tax effect of $1.5 million, $1.6 million and $1.5 million on investment security tax credits for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
4 
Wholesale deposits include brokered deposits classified as NOW, money market deposit and certificate accounts, including reciprocal deposits.


52

Table of Contents

Rate/Volume Analysis
Net interest income can be evaluated from the perspective of relative dollars of change in each period. Interest income and interest expense, which are the components of net interest income, are shown in the following table on the basis of the amount of any increases (or decreases) attributable to changes in the dollar levels of the Company’s interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities (“Volume”) and the yields earned and rates paid on such assets and liabilities (“Rate”). The change in interest income and interest expense attributable to changes in both volume and rates has been allocated proportionately to the change due to volume and the change due to rate. 

 
Year ended December 31,
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2012 vs. 2011
 
2011 vs. 2010
 
Increase (Decrease) Due to:
 
Increase (Decrease) Due to:
(Dollars in thousands)
Volume
 
Rate
 
Net
 
Volume
 
Rate
 
Net
Interest income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate loans
$
1,720

 
(3,930
)
 
(2,210
)
 
$
(11,198
)
 
$
(1,143
)
 
$
(12,341
)
Commercial loans
(4,958
)
 
(3,866
)
 
(8,824
)
 
(10,077
)
 
(3,535
)
 
(13,612
)
Consumer and other loans
(3,544
)
 
(1,898
)
 
(5,442
)
 
(290
)
 
(1,302
)
 
(1,592
)
Investment securities (tax-equivalent)
21,659

 
(28,780
)
 
(7,121
)
 
35,692

 
(12,803
)
 
22,889

Total interest income
14,877

 
(38,474
)
 
(23,597
)
 
14,127

 
(18,783
)
 
(4,656
)
Interest expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOW accounts
239

 
(774
)
 
(535
)
 
203

 
(842
)
 
(639
)
Savings accounts
83

 
(253
)
 
(170
)
 
89

 
(303
)
 
(214
)
Money market deposit accounts
56

 
(1,502
)
 
(1,446
)
 
219

 
(3,527
)
 
(3,308
)
Certificate accounts
(535
)
 
(4,164
)
 
(4,699
)
 
56

 
(4,740
)
 
(4,684
)
Wholesale deposits
324

 
(560
)
 
(236
)
 
726

 
(2,210
)
 
(1,484
)
FHLB advances
728

 
(849
)
 
(121
)
 
3,450

 
(286
)
 
3,164

Repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased and other borrowed funds
1,206

 
(2,779
)
 
(1,573
)
 
232

 
(2,207
)
 
(1,975
)
Total interest expense
2,101

 
(10,881
)
 
(8,780
)
 
4,975

 
(14,115
)
 
(9,140
)
Net interest income (tax-equivalent)
$
12,776

 
(27,593
)
 
(14,817
)
 
9,152

 
(4,668
)
 
4,484


Net interest income (tax-equivalent) decreased $14.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011. The decrease in interest income was driven primarily by the continued purchase of low yielding investment securities to offset the lower volume and reduced rate loans. Additionally, there was an increase in premium amortization on investment securities which reduced interest income. Although, the Company was able to lower interest expense by reducing deposit and borrowing interest rates, it was not enough to offset the reduction in interest income. The changes during the year 2012 over 2011 were consistent with the changes during 2011 over 2010; however, the volume increase from the investment securities during 2011 over 2010 were significant enough to result in an increase in net interest income (tax-equivalent) of $4.5 million.

Effect of inflation and changing prices
GAAP often requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars, without consideration for change in relative purchasing power over time due to inflation. Virtually all assets of the Company are monetary in nature; therefore, interest rates generally have a more significant impact on a company’s performance than does the effect of inflation.

Critical Accounting Policies
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP often requires management to use significant judgments as well as subjective and/or complex measurements in making estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. The Company considers its accounting policies for the ALLL, goodwill, fair value measurements and determination of whether an investment security is temporarily or other-than-temporarily impaired to be critical accounting policies.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
For information regarding the ALLL, its relation to the provision for loan losses and risk related to asset quality, see the section captioned “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” included in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Notes 1 and 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”


53

Table of Contents

Goodwill
For information on goodwill, see Notes 1, 6 and 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Fair Value Measurements
For information on fair value measurements, see Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment on Securities
For information regarding the accounting policy and analysis of other-than-temporary impairment on securities, see the section captioned “Investment Activity” included in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards
New authoritative accounting guidance that has either been issued or is effective during 2012 and may possibly have a material impact on the Company includes amendments to: Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other, FASB ASC Topic 220, Comprehensive Income and FASB ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. For additional information on the topics and the impact on the Company see Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”


Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

The disclosures set forth in this item are qualified by the section captioned “Forward-Looking Statements” included in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Market Risk
Market risk is the risk of loss in a financial instrument arising from adverse changes in market rates/prices such as interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, and equity prices. The Company’s primary market risk exposure is interest rate risk. The ongoing monitoring and management of this risk is an important component of the Company’s asset/liability management process which is governed by policies established by its Board of Directors that are reviewed and approved annually. The Board of Directors delegates responsibility for carrying out the asset/liability management policies to the Bank's ALCO committee. In this capacity, ALCO committee develops guidelines and strategies impacting the Company’s asset/liability management related activities based upon estimated market risk sensitivity, policy limits and overall market interest rate levels and trends.

Interest Rate Risk
The objective of interest rate risk management is to contain the risks associated with interest rate fluctuations. The process involves identification and management of the sensitivity of net interest income to changing interest rates. Managing interest rate risk is not an exact science. The interval between repricing of interest rates of assets and liabilities changes from day to day as the assets and liabilities change. For some assets and liabilities, contractual maturity and the actual cash flows experienced are not the same. A good example is residential mortgages that have long-term contractual maturities but may be repaid well in advance of the maturity when current prevailing interest rates become lower than the contractual rate. Interest bearing deposits without a stated maturity could be withdrawn upon demand. However, the Company's experience indicates that these funding pools have a much longer duration and are not as sensitive to interest rate changes as other financial instruments. Prime based loans generally have rate changes when the FRB changes short-term interest rates. However, depending on the magnitude of the rate change and the relationship of the current rates to rate floors and rate ceilings that may be in place on the loans, the loan rate may not change. The Company’s goal of its asset and liability management practices is to maintain or increase the level of net interest income within an acceptable level of interest rate risk.

For asset and liability management purposes, the Company has entered into forecasted interest rate swap agreements to hedge various interest rate exposures. For more information on the Company's interest rate swaps, see Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”


54

Table of Contents

GAP analysis
The GAP table below estimates the repricing and maturities of the contractual characteristics of the assets and liabilities, based upon the Company’s assessment of the repricing characteristics of the various instruments. Interest bearing checking and regular savings are included in the categories that reflect the interest rate sensitivity of the individual programs and if the deposits are not clearly rate sensitive, the deposits are included in the more than 5 years category. Money market balances are included in the less than 6 months category. Residential mortgage-backed securities are categorized based on the anticipated payments.

The following table gives a description of our GAP position for various time periods. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had a negative GAP position at six months and at twelve months. The cumulative GAP as a percentage of total assets for six months is a negative 13.85 percent which compares to a negative 13.54 percent at December 31, 2011 and a negative 17.77 percent at December 31, 2010.

 
Projected Maturity or Repricing
(Dollars in thousands)
0-6
Months
 
6-12
Months
 
1 - 5
Years
 
More than
5 Years
 
Total
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest bearing cash deposits
$
63,770

 

 

 

 
63,770

Residential mortgage-backed securities
946,550

 
565,255

 
641,498

 
6,999

 
2,160,302

Other investment securities
42,908

 
64,875

 
700,812

 
714,108

 
1,522,703

Variable rate loans
966,857

 
245,239

 
914,051

 
169,020

 
2,295,167

Fixed rate loans
264,571

 
179,016

 
513,638

 
145,033

 
1,102,258

Non-marketable equity securities

 

 
48,812

 

 
48,812

Total interest bearing assets
$
2,284,656

 
1,054,385

 
2,818,811

 
1,035,160

 
7,193,012

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest bearing deposits
$
2,271,080

 
261,547

 
281,228

 
1,358,673

 
4,172,528

FHLB advances
720,000

 

 
120,000

 
157,013

 
997,013

Repurchase agreements and other borrowed funds
289,676

 
118

 
1,519

 
8,846

 
300,159

Subordinated debentures

 

 

 
125,418

 
125,418

Total interest bearing liabilities
$
3,280,756

 
261,665

 
402,747

 
1,649,950

 
5,595,118

Repricing GAP
$
(996,100
)
 
792,720

 
2,416,064

 
(614,790
)
 
1,597,894

Cumulative repricing GAP
$
(996,100
)
 
(203,380
)
 
2,212,684

 
1,597,894

 
 
Cumulative GAP as a % of interest bearing assets
(13.85
)%
 
(2.83
)%
 
30.76
%
 
22.21
%
 
 

Net interest income simulation
The traditional one-dimensional view of GAP is not sufficient to show a bank’s ability to withstand interest rate changes. Because of limitations in GAP modeling the ALCO of the Company uses a detailed and dynamic simulation model to quantify the estimated exposure of net interest income (“NII”) to sustained interest rate changes. While ALCO routinely monitors simulated NII sensitivity over rolling two-year and five-year horizons, it also utilizes additional tools to monitor potential longer-term interest rate risk. The simulation model captures the impact of changing interest rates on the interest income received and interest expense paid on all assets and liabilities reflected on the Company’s statement of financial condition. This sensitivity analysis is compared to ALCO policy limits which specify a maximum tolerance level for NII exposure over a one year and two year horizon, assuming no balance sheet growth. The ALCO policy rate scenarios include upward and downward shift in interest rates for a 200 basis point (“bp”), 400bp, and 300bp scenario. The 200bp and 400bp rate scenarios include parallel and pro rata shifts in interest rates over a 12-month period and 24 month period, respectively. The 300bp rate scenario is a shock scenario with instantaneous and parallel changes in interest rates. Given the historically low rate environment, a downward shift in interest rates of only 100bp is modeled. Since the model assumes that interest rates will not be negative, the 100bp scenario represents a flattening of market yield curves. Other non-parallel rate movement scenarios are also modeled to determine the potential impact on net interest income.


55

Table of Contents

The following is indicative of the Company’s overall NII sensitivity analysis as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 as compared to the policy limits approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company’s interest sensitivity remained within policy limits at December 31, 2012
 
 
Year 1
 
Year 2
Rate Scenarios
 
Policy
Limits
 
Estimated
Sensitivity
 
Policy
Limits
 
Estimated
Sensitivity
-100 bp Rate ramp
 
N/A

 
(0.8
)%
 
N/A

 
(5.8
)%
+200 bp Rate ramp
 
(10.0
)%
 
(0.9
)%
 
(15.0
)%
 
(0.6
)%
+400 bp Rate ramp
 
(10.0
)%
 
0.6
 %
 
(25.0
)%
 
(6.2
)%
+300 bp Rate shock
 
(20.0
)%
 
3.0
 %
 
(20.0
)%
 
7.3
 %

The preceding sensitivity analysis does not represent a forecast and should not be relied upon as being indicative of expected operating results. These hypothetical estimates are based upon numerous assumptions including: the nature and timing of interest rate levels including yield curve shape, prepayments on loans and securities, deposit decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, reinvestment/replacement of assets and liability cash flows, and others. While assumptions are developed based upon current economic and local market conditions, the Company cannot make any assurances as to the predictive nature of these assumptions including how customer preferences or competitor influences might change. Also, as market conditions vary from those assumed in the sensitivity analysis, actual results will also differ due to prepayment/refinancing levels likely deviating from those assumed, the varying impact of interest rate change caps or floors on adjustable rate assets, the potential effect of changing debt service levels on customers with adjustable rate loans, depositor early withdrawals and product preference changes, and other internal and external variables. Furthermore, the sensitivity analysis does not reflect actions that ALCO might take in responding to or anticipating changes in interest rates.

Economic value of equity
In addition to the GAP and NII analyses, the Company calculates the economic value of equity (“EVE”) which focuses on longer term interest rate risk. The EVE process models the cash flow of financial instruments to maturity and then discounts those cashflows based on prevailing interest rates in order to develop a baseline EVE. The interest rates used in the model are then shocked for an immediate increase and decrease in interest rates. The results for the shocked model are compared to the baseline results to determine the percentage change in EVE under the various scenarios. The resulting percentage change in the EVE is an indication of the longer term re-pricing risk and option risks embedded in the balance sheet. The measure is not designed to estimate the Company’s capital levels, such as tangible, regulatory, or market capitalization.

The following reflects the Company’s EVE maximum sensitivity policy limits and EVE analysis as of December 31, 2012:
 
Rate Scenarios
 
Policy
Limits
 
Post
Shock Ratio
-100 bp Rate shock
 
(15
)%
 
(9.4
)%
+100 bp Rate shock
 
(15
)%
 
0.6
 %
+200 bp Rate shock
 
(25
)%
 
(3.3
)%
+300 bp Rate shock
 
(35
)%
 
(10.4
)%
 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data


56

Table of Contents








Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm



Audit Committee, Board of Directors and Stockholders
Glacier Bancorp, Inc.
Kalispell, Montana


We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Glacier Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012. The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. Our audits included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Glacier Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Glacier Bancorp, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated February 28, 2013, expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ BKD, LLP

Denver, Colorado
February 28, 2013

57

Table of Contents








Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm



Audit Committee, Board of Directors and Stockholders
Glacier Bancorp, Inc.
Kalispell, Montana


We have audited Glacier Bancorp, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Report of Management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of reliable financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Because management's assessment and our audit were conducted to meet the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), our examination of Glacier Bancorp, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting included controls over the preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and with the instructions to the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9C). A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention, or timely detection and correction of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

58

Table of Contents





Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Glacier Bancorp, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of Glacier Bancorp, Inc. and our report dated February 28, 2013, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ BKD, LLP

Denver, Colorado
February 28, 2013



59

Table of Contents

Glacier Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
Assets
 
 
 
Cash on hand and in banks
$
123,270

 
104,674

Interest bearing cash deposits
63,770

 
23,358

Cash and cash equivalents
187,040

 
128,032

Investment securities, available-for-sale
3,683,005

 
3,126,743

Loans held for sale
145,501

 
95,457

Loans receivable
3,397,425

 
3,466,135

Allowance for loan and lease losses
(130,854
)
 
(137,516
)
Loans receivable, net
3,266,571

 
3,328,619

Premises and equipment, net
158,989

 
158,872

Other real estate owned
45,115

 
78,354

Accrued interest receivable
37,770

 
34,961

Deferred tax asset
20,394

 
31,081

Core deposit intangible, net
6,174

 
8,284

Goodwill
106,100

 
106,100

Non-marketable equity securities
48,812

 
49,694

Other assets
41,969

 
41,709

Total assets
$
7,747,440

 
7,187,906

Liabilities
 
 
 
Non-interest bearing deposits
$
1,191,933

 
1,010,899

Interest bearing deposits
4,172,528

 
3,810,314

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
289,508

 
258,643

Federal Home Loan Bank advances
997,013

 
1,069,046

Other borrowed funds
10,032

 
9,995

Subordinated debentures
125,418

 
125,275

Accrued interest payable
4,675

 
5,825

Other liabilities
55,384

 
47,682

Total liabilities
6,846,491

 
6,337,679

Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
Preferred shares, $0.01 par value per share, 1,000,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value per share, 117,187,500 shares authorized
719

 
719

Paid-in capital
641,737

 
642,882

Retained earnings - substantially restricted
210,531

 
173,139

Accumulated other comprehensive income
47,962

 
33,487

Total stockholders’ equity
900,949

 
850,227

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
7,747,440

 
7,187,906

Number of common stock shares issued and outstanding
71,937,222

 
71,915,073


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

60

Table of Contents

Glacier Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations

 
Years ended
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
December 31,
2010
Interest Income
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate loans
$
30,850

 
33,060

 
45,401

Commercial loans
121,425

 
130,249

 
143,861

Consumer and other loans
35,096

 
40,538

 
42,130

Investment securities
66,386

 
76,262

 
57,010

Total interest income
253,757

 
280,109

 
288,402

Interest Expense
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
18,183

 
25,269

 
35,598

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
1,308

 
1,353

 
1,607

Federal Home Loan Bank advances
12,566

 
12,687

 
9,523

Federal funds purchased and other borrowed funds
229

 
224

 
284

Subordinated debentures
3,428

 
4,961

 
6,622

Total interest expense
35,714

 
44,494

 
53,634

Net Interest Income
218,043

 
235,615

 
234,768

Provision for loan losses
21,525

 
64,500

 
84,693

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
196,518

 
171,115

 
150,075

Non-Interest Income
 
 
 
 
 
Service charges and other fees
45,343

 
44,194

 
43,040

Miscellaneous loan fees and charges
4,363

 
3,919

 
4,906

Gain on sale of loans
32,227

 
21,132

 
27,233

Gain on sale of investments

 
346

 
4,822

Other income
9,563

 
8,608

 
7,545

Total non-interest income
91,496

 
78,199

 
87,546

Non-Interest Expense
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation and employee benefits
95,373

 
85,691

 
87,728

Occupancy and equipment
23,837

 
23,599

 
24,261

Advertising and promotions
6,413

 
6,469

 
6,831

Outsourced data processing
3,324

 
3,153

 
3,057

Other real estate owned
18,964

 
27,255

 
22,193

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation premiums
6,085

 
8,169

 
9,121

Core deposit intangible amortization
2,110

 
2,473

 
3,180

Goodwill impairment charge

 
40,159

 

Other expense
37,315

 
35,156

 
31,577

Total non-interest expense
193,421

 
232,124

 
187,948

Income Before Income Taxes
94,593

 
17,190

 
49,673

Federal and state income tax expense (benefit)
19,077

 
(281
)
 
7,343

Net Income
$
75,516

 
17,471

 
42,330

Basic earnings per share
$
1.05

 
0.24

 
0.61

Diluted earnings per share
$
1.05

 
0.24

 
0.61

Dividends declared per share
$
0.53

 
0.52

 
0.52

Average outstanding shares - basic
71,928,570

 
71,915,073

 
69,657,980

Average outstanding shares - diluted
71,928,656

 
71,915,073

 
69,660,345



See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

61

Table of Contents

Glacier Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
 
 
Years ended
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
December 31,
2010
Net Income
$
75,516

 
17,471

 
42,330

Other Comprehensive Income, Net of Tax
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities
31,617

 
63,190

 
6,263

Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income

 
(346
)
 
(4,822
)
Net unrealized gains on securities
31,617

 
62,844

 
1,441

Tax effect
(12,300
)
 
(24,444
)
 
(565
)
Net of tax amount
19,317

 
38,400

 
876

Unrealized losses on derivatives used for cash flow hedges
(7,926
)
 
(8,906
)
 

Tax effect
3,084

 
3,465

 

Net of tax amount
(4,842
)
 
(5,441
)
 

Total other comprehensive income, net of tax
14,475

 
32,959

 
876

Total Comprehensive Income
$
89,991

 
50,430

 
43,206

































See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

62

Table of Contents

Glacier Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Common Stock
 
Paid-in Capital
 
Retained
Earnings
Substantially Restricted
 
Accumulated
Other Comp-rehensive (Loss) Income
 
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
 
 
 
Total
Balance at December 31, 2009
61,619,803

 
$
616

 
497,493

 
188,129

 
(348
)
 
685,890

Comprehensive income

 

 

 
42,330

 
876

 
43,206

Cash dividends declared ($0.52 per share)

 

 

 
(37,396
)
 

 
(37,396
)
Stock issuances under stock incentive plans
3,805

 

 
58

 

 

 
58

Public offering of stock issued
10,291,465

 
103

 
145,493

 

 

 
145,596

Stock-based compensation and related taxes

 

 
850

 

 

 
850

Balance at December 31, 2010
71,915,073

 
$
719

 
643,894

 
193,063

 
528

 
838,204

Comprehensive income

 

 

 
17,471

 
32,959

 
50,430

Cash dividends declared ($0.52 per share)

 

 

 
(37,395
)
 

 
(37,395
)
Stock-based compensation and related taxes

 

 
(1,012
)
 

 

 
(1,012
)
Balance at December 31, 2011
71,915,073

 
$
719

 
642,882

 
173,139

 
33,487

 
850,227

Comprehensive income

 

 

 
75,516

 
14,475

 
89,991

Cash dividends declared ($0.53 per share)

 

 

 
(38,124
)
 

 
(38,124
)
Stock issuances under stock incentive plans
22,149

 

 
323

 

 

 
323

Stock-based compensation and related taxes

 

 
(1,468
)
 

 

 
(1,468
)
Balance at December 31, 2012
71,937,222

 
$
719

 
641,737

 
210,531

 
47,962

 
900,949


























See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

63

Table of Contents

Glacier Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 
Years ended
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
December 31, 2010
Operating Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
75,516

 
17,471

 
42,330

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for loan losses
21,525

 
64,500

 
84,693

Net amortization of investment securities premiums and discounts
71,992

 
38,035

 
17,782

Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends
(5
)
 
(17
)
 
(23
)
Mortgage loans held for sale originated or acquired
(1,188,632
)
 
(824,089
)
 
(1,086,089
)
Proceeds from sales of mortgage loans held for sale
1,204,431

 
842,337

 
1,129,592

Gain on sale of loans
(32,227
)
 
(21,132
)
 
(27,233
)
Gain on sale of investments

 
(346
)
 
(4,822
)
Stock-based compensation expense, net of tax benefits
254

 
45

 
932

Excess tax deficiencies from stock options exercised
8

 

 
4

Depreciation of premises and equipment
10,615

 
10,443

 
10,808

Loss on sale of other real estate owned and writedown
13,311

 
19,727

 
15,937

Amortization of core deposit intangibles
2,110

 
2,473

 
3,180

Goodwill impairment charge

 
40,159

 

Deferred tax expense (benefit)
837

 
(13,308
)
 
138

Net increase in accrued interest receivable
(2,809
)
 
(4,715
)
 
(517
)
Net (increase) decrease in other assets
(3,286
)
 
12,464

 
6,878

Net decrease in accrued interest payable
(1,150
)
 
(1,420
)
 
(683
)
Net increase in other liabilities
11,303

 
4,216

 
1,036

Net cash provided by operating activities
183,793

 
186,843

 
193,943

Investing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from sales, maturities and prepayments of investment securities, available-for-sale
2,041,416

 
1,024,508

 
700,182

Purchases of investment securities, available-for-sale
(2,638,054
)
 
(1,730,244
)
 
(1,664,341
)
Principal collected on loans
1,034,374

 
958,401

 
984,827

Loans originated or acquired
(1,049,344
)
 
(826,329
)
 
(849,222
)
Net addition of premises and equipment and other real estate owned
(10,730
)
 
(17,492
)
 
(22,652
)
Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned
41,804

 
46,703

 
30,529

Net sale (purchase) of non-marketable equity securities
888

 
15,357

 
(1,829
)
Net cash used in investment activities
(579,646
)
 
(529,096
)
 
(822,506
)
Financing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase in deposits
543,248

 
299,311

 
421,750

Net increase in securities sold under agreements to repurchase
30,865

 
9,240

 
36,897

Net (decrease) increase in Federal Home Loan Bank advances
(72,033
)
 
103,905

 
174,774

Net decrease in Federal Reserve Bank discount window

 

 
(225,000
)
Net increase (decrease) in federal funds purchased and other borrowed funds
180

 
(9,867
)
 
6,404

Cash dividends paid
(47,472
)
 
(37,395
)
 
(37,396
)
Excess tax deficiencies from stock options exercised
(8
)
 

 
(4
)
Proceeds from stock options exercised and other stock issued
81

 

 
145,654

Net cash provided by financing activities
454,861

 
365,194

 
523,079

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
59,008

 
22,941

 
(105,484
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
128,032

 
105,091

 
210,575

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
187,040

 
128,032

 
105,091


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

64

Table of Contents

Glacier Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)
 
Years ended
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
December 31, 2010
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid during the period for interest
$
36,865

 
45,913

 
54,318

Cash paid during the period for income taxes
21,257

 
7,925

 
9,371

Sale and refinancing of other real estate owned
5,659

 
8,665

 
10,215

Transfer of loans to other real estate owned
27,536

 
79,295

 
72,572














































See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

65

Table of Contents

Glacier Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

General
Glacier Bancorp, Inc. (“Company”) is a Montana corporation headquartered in Kalispell, Montana. The Company provides a full range of banking services to individual and corporate customers in Montana, Idaho, Wyoming, Colorado, Utah and Washington through eleven divisions of its wholly-owned bank subsidiary, Glacier Bank (“Bank”). The Company is subject to competition from other financial service providers. The Company is also subject to the regulations of certain government agencies and undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change include: 1) the determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses (“ALLL” or “allowance”), 2) the valuations related to investments and real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans, and 3) the evaluation of goodwill impairment. In connection with the determination of the ALLL and other real estate valuation estimates, management obtains independent appraisals (new or updated) for significant items. Estimates relating to investments are obtained from independent third parties. Estimates relating to the evaluation of goodwill for impairment are determined based on internal calculations using significant independent party inputs.

Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements of the Company include the parent holding company and the Bank. All significant inter-company transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company formed GBCI Other Real Estate (“GORE”) to isolate certain bank foreclosed properties for legal protection and administrative purposes and the remaining properties are currently held for sale. GORE is included in the Bank operating segment due to its insignificant activity.

The Company owns the following trust subsidiaries, each of which issued trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital instruments: Glacier Capital Trust II, Glacier Capital Trust III, Glacier Capital Trust IV, Citizens (ID) Statutory Trust I, Bank of the San Juans Bancorporation Trust I, First Company Statutory Trust 2001 and First Company Statutory Trust 2003. The trust subsidiaries are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

On April 30, 2012, the Company combined its eleven bank subsidiaries into eleven bank divisions within Glacier Bank, such divisions operating with the same names and management teams as before the combination. Prior to the combination of the bank subsidiaries, the Company considered its eleven bank subsidiaries, GORE, and the parent holding company to be its operating segments. Subsequent to the combination of the bank subsidiaries, the Company considers the Bank to be its sole operating segment. The change to combining the bank subsidiaries into a single segment is appropriate as the Bank 1) engages in similar bank business activity from which it earns revenues and incurs expenses, 2) the operating results of the Bank are regularly reviewed by the Chief Executive Officer (i.e., the chief operating decision maker) who makes decisions about resources to be allocated to the Bank, and 3) financial information is available for the Bank.

Variable Interest Entities
A variable interest entity (“VIE”) exists when either 1) the entity's total equity investment at risk is not sufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties, or 2) the entity has equity investors that cannot make significant decisions about the entity's operations or that do not absorb their proportionate share of the expected losses or receive the expected returns of the entity. In addition, a VIE must be consolidated by the Company if it is deemed to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE, which is the party involved with the VIE that has the power to direct the VIE's significant activities and will absorb a majority of the expected losses, receive a majority of the expected residual returns, or both. The VIEs are regularly monitored to determine if any reconsideration events have occurred that could cause the primary beneficiary status to change.




66

Table of Contents

Note 1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

The Company has equity investments in Certified Development Entities (“CDE”) which have received allocations of New Markets Tax Credits (“NMTC”). The Company also has equity investments in Low-Income Housing Tax Credit (“LIHTC”) partnerships. The CDEs and the LIHTC partnerships are VIEs. The underlying activities of the VIEs are community development projects designed primarily to promote community welfare, such as economic rehabilitation and development of low-income areas by providing housing, services, or jobs for residents. The maximum exposure to loss in the VIEs is the amount of equity invested and credit extended by the Company. However, the Company has credit protection in the form of indemnification agreements, guarantees, and collateral arrangements. The primary activities of the VIEs are recognized in commercial loans interest income, other non-interest income and other borrowed funds interest expense on the Company's statements of operations. Such related cash flows are recognized in loans originated, principal collected on loans and change in other borrowed funds. The Company has evaluated the variable interests held by the Company in each CDE (NMTC) and LIHTC partnership investment and determined that the Company continues to be the primary beneficiary of such VIEs. As the primary beneficiary, the VIEs' assets, liabilities, and results of operations are included in the Company's consolidated financial statements.

The following table summarizes the carrying amounts of the VIE’s assets and liabilities included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2012 and 2011:
 
 
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in thousands)
CDE (NMTC)
 
LIHTC
 
CDE (NMTC)
 
LIHTC
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans receivable
$
35,480

 

 
32,748

 

Premises and equipment, net

 
16,066

 

 
15,996

Accrued interest receivable
117

 

 
116

 

Other assets
1,114

 
143

 
1,439

 
31

Total assets
$
36,711

 
16,209

 
34,303

 
16,027

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other borrowed funds
$
4,555

 
3,639

 
4,629

 
3,306

Accrued interest payable
4

 
6

 
4

 
9

Other liabilities
182

 
136

 
186

 
363

Total liabilities
$
4,741

 
3,781

 
4,819

 
3,678


Amounts presented in the table above are adjusted for intercompany eliminations. All assets presented can be used only to settle obligations of the consolidated VIEs and all liabilities presented consist of liabilities for which creditors and other beneficial interest holders therein have no recourse to the general credit of the Company.

Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, cash held as demand deposits at various banks and regulatory agencies, interest bearing deposits, federal funds sold and liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. Pursuant to legislation enacted in 2010, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) fully insured all non-interest bearing transaction accounts beginning December 31, 2010 at all FDIC-insured institutions which expired on December 31, 2012. Beginning January 1, 2013, non-interest bearing transaction accounts are subject to the $250,000 limit on FDIC insurance per covered institution.

Investment Securities
Debt securities for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and are carried at amortized cost. Debt and equity securities held primarily for the purpose of selling in the near term are classified as trading securities and are reported at fair market value, with unrealized gains and losses included in income. Debt and equity securities not classified as held-to-maturity or trading are classified as available-for-sale and are reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, net of income taxes, as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company has only available-for-sale securities. Premiums and discounts on investment securities are amortized or accreted into income using a method that approximates the level-yield interest method. For additional information relating to investment securities, see Note 3.



67

Table of Contents

Note 1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Temporary versus Other-Than-Temporary Impairment
The Company assesses individual securities in its investment securities portfolio for impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant. An investment is impaired if the fair value of the security is less than its carrying value at the financial statement date. If impairment is determined to be other-than-temporary, an impairment loss is recognized by reducing the amortized cost for the credit loss portion of the impairment with a corresponding charge to earnings for a like amount.

For fair value estimates provided by third party vendors, management also considered the models and methodology for appropriate consideration of both observable and unobservable inputs, including appropriately adjusted discount rates and credit spreads for securities with limited or inactive markets, and whether the quoted prices reflect orderly transactions. For certain securities, the Company obtained independent estimates of inputs, including cash flows, in supplement to third party vendor provided information. The Company also reviewed financial statements of select issuers, with follow up discussions with issuers’ management for clarification and verification of information relevant to the Company’s impairment analysis.

In evaluating impaired securities for other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers 1) the severity and duration of the impairment, 2) the credit ratings of the security, 3) the overall deal structure, including the Company’s position within the structure, the overall and near term financial performance of the issuer and underlying collateral, delinquencies, defaults, loss severities, recoveries, prepayments, cumulative loss projections, discounted cash flows and fair value estimates.

In evaluating debt securities for other-than-temporary impairment losses, management assesses whether the Company intends to sell the security or if it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell the debt security. In so doing, management considers contractual constraints, liquidity, capital, asset / liability management and securities portfolio objectives. If impairment is determined to be other-than-temporary and the Company does not intend to sell a debt security, and it is more-likely-than-not the Company will not be required to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis, it recognizes the credit component of an other-than-temporary impairment of a debt security in earnings and the remaining portion (noncredit portion) in other comprehensive income, net of tax. For held-to-maturity debt securities, the amount of an other-than-temporary impairment recorded in other comprehensive income for the noncredit portion of a previous other-than-temporary impairment is amortized prospectively over the remaining life of the security on the basis of the timing of future estimated cash flows of the security.

If impairment is determined to be other-than-temporary and the Company intends to sell a debt security or it is more-likely-than-not the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis, it recognizes the entire amount of the other-than-temporary impairment in earnings.

For debt securities with other-than-temporary impairment, the previous amortized cost basis less the other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings shall be the new amortized cost basis of the security. In subsequent periods, the Company accretes into interest income the difference between the new amortized cost basis and cash flows expected to be collected prospectively over the life of the debt security.

Loans Held for Sale
Loans held for sale generally consist of long-term, fixed rate, conforming, single-family residential real estate loans and are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses are recognized by charges to non-interest income. A sale is recognized when the Company surrenders control of the loan and consideration, other than beneficial interests in the loan, is received in exchange. A gain is recognized in non-interest income to the extent the sales price exceeds the carrying value of the sold loan.

Loans Receivable
Loans that are intended to be held-to-maturity are reported at the unpaid principal balance less charge-offs and adjusted for deferred fees and costs on originated loans and unamortized premiums or discounts on acquired loans. Interest income is reported using the interest method and includes discount accretion and premium amortization on acquired loans and net loan fees on originated loans which are amortized over the expected life of the loans using a method that approximates the level-yield interest method. The Company’s loan segments, which are based on the purpose of the loan, include residential real estate, commercial, and consumer loans. The Company’s loan classes, a further disaggregation of segments, include residential real estate loans (residential real estate segment), commercial real estate and other commercial loans (commercial segment), and home equity and other consumer loans (consumer segment).


68

Table of Contents

Note 1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Loans that are thirty days or more past due based on payments received and applied to the loan are considered delinquent. Loans are designated non-accrual and the accrual of interest is discontinued when the collection of the contractual principal or interest is unlikely. A loan is typically placed on non-accrual when principal or interest is due and has remained unpaid for ninety days or more. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period interest income. Subsequent payments are applied to the outstanding principal balance if doubt remains as to the ultimate collectability of the loan. Interest accruals are not resumed on partially charged-off impaired loans. For other loans on nonaccrual, interest accruals are resumed on such loans only when they are brought fully current with respect to interest and principal and when, in the judgment of management, the loans are estimated to be fully collectible as to both principal and interest.

The Company recognizes that while borrowers may experience deterioration in their financial condition, many continue to be creditworthy customers who have the willingness and capacity for debt repayment. In determining whether non-restructured or unimpaired loans issued to a single or related party group of borrowers should continue to accrue interest when the borrower has other loans that are impaired or troubled debt restructurings ("TDR"), the Company on a quarterly or more frequent basis performs an updated and comprehensive assessment of the willingness and capacity of the borrowers to timely and ultimately repay their total debt obligations, including contingent obligations. Such analysis takes into account current financial information about the borrowers and financially responsible guarantors, if any, including for example:
analysis of global, i.e., aggregate debt service for total debt obligations;
assessment of the value and security protection of collateral pledged using current market conditions and alternative market assumptions across a variety of potential future situations; and
loan structures and related covenants.

The Company considers impaired loans to be the primary credit quality indicator for monitoring the credit quality of the loan portfolio. Loans are designated impaired when, based upon current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement and therefore, the Company has serious doubts as to the ability of such borrowers to fulfill the contractual obligation. Impaired loans include non-performing loans (i.e., non-accrual loans and accruing loans ninety days or more past due) and accruing loans under ninety days past due where it is probable payments will not be received according to the loan agreement (e.g., TDR). The Company measures impairment on a loan-by-loan basis in the same manner for each class within the loan portfolio. An insignificant delay or shortfall in the amounts of payments would not cause a loan or lease to be considered impaired. The Company determines the significance of payment delays and shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the facts and circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length and reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest due.

A restructured loan is considered a TDR if the creditor, for economic or legal reasons related to the debtor’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the debtor that it would not otherwise consider. A TDR loan is considered an impaired loan and a specific valuation allowance is established when the fair value of the collateral-dependent loan or present value of the loan's expected future cash flows (discounted at the loan's effective interest rate based on the original contractual rate) is lower than the carrying value of the impaired loan. The Company made the following types of loan modifications, some of which were considered a TDR:
Reduction of the stated interest rate for the remaining term of the debt;
Extension of the maturity date(s) at a stated rate of interest lower than the current market rate for newly originated debt having similar risk characteristics; and
Reduction of the face amount of the debt as stated in the debt agreements.

For additional information relating to loans, see Note 4.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
Based upon management’s analysis of the Company’s loan portfolio, the balance of the ALLL is an estimate of probable credit losses known and inherent within the Bank's loan portfolio as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. The ALLL is analyzed at the loan class level and is maintained within a range of estimated losses. Determining the adequacy of the ALLL involves a high degree of judgment and is inevitably imprecise as the risk of loss is difficult to quantify. The determination of the ALLL and the related provision for loan losses is a critical accounting estimate that involves management’s judgments about all known relevant internal and external environmental factors that affect loan losses. The balance of the ALLL is highly dependent upon management’s evaluations of borrowers’ current and prospective performance, appraisals and other variables affecting the quality of the loan portfolio. Individually significant loans and major lending areas are reviewed periodically to determine potential problems at an early date. Changes in management’s estimates and assumptions are reasonably possible and may have a material impact upon the Company’s consolidated financial statements, results of operations or capital.


69

Table of Contents

Note 1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

The ALLL consists of a specific valuation allowance component and a general valuation allowance component. The specific component relates to loans that are determined to be impaired and individually evaluated for impairment. The Company measures impairment on a loan-by-loan basis based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, except when it is determined that repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely by the underlying collateral. For impairment based on expected future cash flows, the Company considers all information available as of a measurement date, including past events, current conditions, potential prepayments, and estimated cost to sell when such costs are expected to reduce the cash flows available to repay or otherwise satisfy the loan. For alternative ranges of cash flows, the likelihood of the possible outcomes is considered in determining the best estimate of expected future cash flows. The effective interest rate for a loan restructured in a TDR is based on the original contractual rate. For collateral-dependent loans and real estate loans for which foreclosure or a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure is probable, impairment is measured by the fair value of the collateral, less estimated cost to sell. The fair value of the collateral is determined primarily based upon appraisal or evaluation of the underlying real property value.

The general valuation allowance component relates to probable credit losses inherent in the balance of the loan portfolio based on historical loss experience, adjusted for changes in trends and conditions of qualitative or environmental factors. The historical loss experience is based on the previous twelve quarters loss experience by loan class adjusted for risk characteristics in the existing loan portfolio. The same trends and conditions are evaluated for each class within the loan portfolio; however, the risk characteristics are weighted separately at the individual class level based on each of the bank divisions’ judgment and experience.

The changes in trends and conditions of certain items include the following:
Changes in lending policies and procedures, including changes in underwriting standards and collection, charge-off, and recovery practices not considered elsewhere in estimating credit losses;
Changes in international, national, regional, and local economic and business conditions and developments that affect the collectability of the portfolio, including the condition of various market segments;
Changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio and in the terms of loans;
Changes in experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff;
Changes in the volume and severity of past due and nonaccrual loans;
Changes in the quality of the Company’s loan review system;
Changes in the value of underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans;
The existence and effect of any concentrations of credit, and changes in the level of such concentrations; and
The effect of other external factors such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements on the level of estimated credit losses in the Company’s existing portfolio.

The ALLL is increased by provisions for loan losses which are charged to expense. The portions of loan balances determined by management to be uncollectible are charged-off as a reduction of the ALLL. Recoveries of amounts previously charged-off are credited as an increase to the ALLL. The Company's charge-off policy is consistent with bank regulatory standards. Consumer loans generally are charged off when the loan becomes over 120 days delinquent. Real estate acquired as a result of foreclosure or by deed-in-lieu of foreclosure is classified as real estate owned until such time as it is sold.
  
Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment are accounted for at cost less depreciation. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line method over the estimated useful lives or the term of the related lease. The estimated useful life for office buildings is 15 - 40 years and the estimated useful life for furniture, fixtures, and equipment is 3 - 10 years. Interest is capitalized for any significant building projects. For additional information relating to premises and equipment, see Note 5.

Leases
The Company leases certain land, premises and equipment from third parties under operating and capital leases. The lease payments for operating lease agreements are recognized on a straight-line basis. The present value of the future minimum rental payments for capital leases is recognized as an asset when the lease is formed. Lease improvements incurred at the inception of the lease are recorded as an asset and depreciated over the initial term of the lease and lease improvements incurred subsequently are depreciated over the remaining term of the lease. For additional information relating to leases, see Note 5.


70

Table of Contents

Note 1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Other Real Estate Owned
Property acquired by foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure is carried at the lower of fair value at acquisition date or current estimated fair value, less estimated selling cost. Fair value is determined as the amount that could be reasonably expected in a current sale between a willing buyer and a willing seller in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Subsequent to the initial acquisition, if the fair value of the asset, less estimated selling cost, is less than the cost of the property, a loss is recognized in other expense and the asset carrying value is reduced. Gain or loss on disposition of other real estate owned ("OREO") is recorded in non-interest income or non-interest expense, respectively. In determining the fair value of the properties on the date of transfer and any subsequent estimated losses of net realizable value, the fair value of other real estate acquired by foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure is determined primarily based upon appraisal or evaluation of the underlying property value.

Long-lived Assets
Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. An asset is deemed impaired if the sum of the expected future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset. If impaired, an impairment loss is recognized in other expense to reduce the carrying value of the asset to fair value. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, no long-lived assets were considered impaired.

Business Combinations and Intangible Assets
Acquisition accounting requires the total purchase price to be allocated to the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including certain intangible assets. Goodwill is recorded if the purchase price exceeds the net fair value of assets acquired and a bargain purchase gain is recorded in other income if the net fair value of assets acquired exceeds the purchase price.

Adjustment of the allocated purchase price may be related to fair value estimates for which all information has not been obtained of the acquired entity known or discovered during the allocation period, the period of time required to identify and measure the fair values of the assets and liabilities acquired in the business combination. The allocation period is generally limited to one year following consummation of a business combination.

Core deposit intangible represents the intangible value of depositor relationships resulting from deposit liabilities assumed in acquisitions and is amortized using an accelerated method based on an estimated runoff of the related deposits, not exceeding ten years. The useful life of the core deposit intangible is reevaluated on an annual basis, with any changes in estimated useful life accounted for prospectively over the revised remaining life. For additional information relating to core deposit intangibles, see Note 6.

The Company tests goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment at the reporting unit level annually during the third quarter. Prior to April 30, 2012, the Company had eleven bank subsidiary operating segments and reporting units, each of which were subject to a goodwill impairment assessment. On April 30, 2012, the Company combined its eleven bank subsidiaries into a single commercial bank operating segment resulting in eleven bank division reporting units which are now aggregated for assessment of goodwill impairment. The Company identified that each of the bank divisions are reporting units (i.e., components of the Glacier Bank operating segment) given that each division has a separate management team that regularly reviews its respective division financial information; however, the reporting units are aggregated into a single reporting unit due to the reporting units having similar economic characteristics.

Goodwill and other intangible assets of a reporting unit is tested for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more-likely-than not reduce the fair value of a reporting units below its carrying amount. Examples of events and circumstances that could trigger the need for interim impairment testing include:
A significant change in legal factors or in the business climate;
An adverse action or assessment by a regulator;
Unanticipated competition;
A loss of key personnel;
A more-likely-than-not expectation that a reporting unit or a significant portion of a reporting unit will be sold or otherwise disposed of; and
The testing for recoverability of a significant asset group within a reporting unit.


71

Table of Contents

Note 1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

For the goodwill impairment assessment, the Company has the option, prior to the two-step process, to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. The Company opted to bypass the qualitative assessment for its 2012 and 2011 annual goodwill impairment testing and proceed directly to the two-step goodwill impairment test. The goodwill impairment two-step process requires the Company to make assumptions and judgments regarding fair value. In the first step for evaluating for possible impairment, the Company compares the estimated fair value of its reporting units to the carrying value, which includes goodwill. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying value, the second step is completed to compute the impairment amount, if any, by determining the “implied fair value” of goodwill. This determination requires the allocation of the estimated fair value of the reporting units to the assets and liabilities of the reporting units. Any remaining unallocated fair value represents the “implied fair value” of goodwill, which is compared to the corresponding carrying value of goodwill to compute impairment, if any.

For the first step in evaluating goodwill for possible impairment, the Company performs two analysis. The first analysis estimates the fair value based on market multiples of deal price to equity. The deal price multiple is obtained from an independent third party for acquisitions of financial institutions completed within the prior twelve months preceding the testing date, such acquisitions excluding financial institutions whose size and operations are not comparable to the Company. The deal price multiple is then adjusted for a premium or discount for the Company's specific fair value based on the Company's return on equity and asset quality metrics. As an additional fair value analysis, the Company reviews its market capitalization adjusted for control value.

For additional information relating to goodwill, see Note 6.

Non-Marketable Equity Securities
The Company holds stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”). FHLB stock is restricted because such stock may only be sold to the FHLB at its par value. Due to restrictive terms, and the lack of a readily determinable market value, FHLB stock is carried at cost. The investments in FHLB stock are required investments related to the Company’s borrowings from FHLB. FHLB obtains its funding primarily through issuance of consolidated obligations of the FHLB system. The U.S. government does not guarantee these obligations, and each of the regional FHLBs are jointly and severally liable for repayment of each other’s debt.

Derivatives and Hedging Activities
For asset and liability management purposes, the Company has entered into interest rate swap agreements to hedge against changes in forecasted cash flows due to interest rate exposures. The interest rate swaps are recognized as assets or liabilities on the Company’s statement of financial condition and measured at fair value. Fair value estimates are obtained from third parties and are based on pricing models. The Company does not enter into interest rate swap agreements for trading or speculative purposes.

Interest rate swaps are contracts in which a series of interest payments are exchanged over a prescribed period. The notional amount upon which the interest payments are based is not exchanged. The swap agreements are derivative instruments and convert a portion of the Company’s forecasted variable rate debt to a fixed rate (i.e., cash flow hedge). The effective portion of the gain or loss on the cash flow hedging instruments is initially reported as a component of other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into earnings in the same period during which the transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss on derivative instruments, if any, is recognized in earnings. The Company currently has cash flow hedges of which no portion is ineffective.

Interest rate derivative financial instruments receive hedge accounting treatment only if they are designated as a hedge and are expected to be, and are, effective in substantially reducing interest rate risk arising from the assets and liabilities identified as exposing the Company to risk. Derivative financial instruments that do not meet specified hedging criteria are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in income. The Company’s interest rate swaps are considered highly effective and currently meet the hedging accounting criteria.

Cash flows resulting from the interest rate derivative financial instruments that are accounted for as hedges of assets and liabilities are classified in the Company’s cash flow statement in the same category as the cash flows of the items being hedged. For additional information relating to interest rate swap agreements, see Note 11.

Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income includes unrealized gains and losses, net of tax effect, on available-for-sale securities and unrealized gains and losses, net of tax effect, on derivatives used for cash flow hedges.

Advertising and Promotion
Advertising and promotion costs are recognized in the period incurred.


72

Table of Contents

Note 1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Income Taxes
The Company’s income tax expense consists of current and deferred income tax expense. Current income tax expense reflects taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period by applying the provisions of enacted tax law to earnings or losses. Deferred income tax expense results from changes in deferred assets and liabilities between periods.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in income tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance, if based on the weight of available evidence, it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The term more-likely-than-not means a likelihood of more than fifty percent. The recognition threshold considers the facts, circumstances, and information available at the reporting date and is subject to the Company’s judgment. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers both positive and negative evidence. For additional information relating to income taxes, see Note 14.

Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period presented. Diluted earnings per share is computed by including the net increase in shares as if dilutive outstanding stock options were exercised, using the treasury stock method. For additional information relating to earnings per share, see Note 15.

Stock-based Compensation
Stock-based compensation awards granted, comprised of stock options and restricted stock awards, are valued at fair value and compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period of each award. For additional information relating to stock-based compensation, see Note 17.

Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2011 and 2010 financial statements to conform to the 2012 presentation.

Impact of Recent Authoritative Accounting Guidance
The Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) is the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) officially recognized source of authoritative GAAP applicable to all public and non-public non-governmental entities. Rules and interpretive releases of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the authority of the federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative GAAP for the Company as an SEC registrant. All other accounting literature is non-authoritative.

In September 2011, FASB amended FASB ASC Topic 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other. The amendment provides an entity the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If the entity concludes it is not more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. The amendment is effective prospectively during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011 and early adoption is permitted. The Company has evaluated the impact of the adoption of this amendment and determined there was not a material effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In June 2011, FASB amended FASB ASC Topic 220, Comprehensive Income. The amendment provides an entity the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement or in two separate but consecutive statements. Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2011-12, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) deferred the specific requirement of the amendment to present items that are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to net income separately with their respective components of net income and other comprehensive income. The amendments are effective retrospectively during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. ASU No. 2013-2, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) reversed the deferment of ASU 2011-12 and will be effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012 and early adoption is permitted. The Company has evaluated the impact of the adoption of these amendments and determined there was not a material effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.


73

Table of Contents

Note 1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

In May 2011, FASB amended FASB ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement. The amendment achieves common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements in GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. The amendment changes the wording used to describe many of the requirements in GAAP for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. The amendment is effective prospectively during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company has evaluated the impact of the adoption of this amendment and determined there was not a material effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Note 2. Cash on Hand and in Banks

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, cash and cash equivalents primarily consisted of cash on hand and cash items in process. The Bank is required to maintain an average reserve balance with either the Federal Reserve Bank ("FRB") or in the form of cash on hand. The required reserve balance at December 31, 2012 was $31,701,000.

Note 3. Investment Securities, Available-for-Sale

A comparison of the amortized cost and estimated fair value of the Company’s investment securities designated as available-for-sale is presented below.
 
 
December 31, 2012
 
Weighted
 
Amortized
 
Gross Unrealized
 
Fair
(Dollars in thousands)
Yield
 
Cost
 
Gains
 
Losses
 
Value
U.S. government and federal agency
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturing within one year
1.62
%
 
$
201

 
1

 

 
202

U.S. government sponsored enterprises
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturing after one year through five years
2.30
%
 
17,064

 
371

 

 
17,435

Maturing after five years through ten years
2.03
%
 
44

 
1

 

 
45

 
2.29
%
 
17,108

 
372

 

 
17,480

State and local governments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturing within one year
2.01
%
 
4,288

 
28

 
(2
)
 
4,314

Maturing after one year through five years
2.11
%
 
149,497

 
4,142

 
(142
)
 
153,497

Maturing after five years through ten years
2.95
%
 
38,346

 
1,102

 
(99
)
 
39,349

Maturing after ten years
4.70
%
 
935,897

 
82,823

 
(1,362
)
 
1,017,358

 
4.29
%
 
1,128,028

 
88,095

 
(1,605
)
 
1,214,518

Corporate bonds
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturing within one year
1.73
%
 
18,412

 
51

 

 
18,463

Maturing after one year through five years
2.22
%
 
250,027

 
4,018

 
(238
)
 
253,807

Maturing after five years through ten years
2.23
%
 
16,144

 
381

 

 
16,525

 
2.19
%
 
284,583

 
4,450

 
(238
)
 
288,795

Collateralized debt obligations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturing after ten years
8.03
%
 
1,708

 

 

 
1,708

Residential mortgage-backed securities
1.95
%
 
2,156,049

 
8,860

 
(4,607
)
 
2,160,302

Total investment securities
2.71
%
 
$
3,587,677

 
101,778

 
(6,450
)
 
3,683,005



74

Table of Contents

Note 3. Investment Securities, Available-for-Sale (continued)

 
December 31, 2011
 
Weighted
 
Amortized
 
Gross Unrealized
 
Fair
(Dollars in thousands)
Yield
 
Cost
 
Gains
 
Losses
 
Value
U.S. government and federal agency
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturing after one year through five years
1.62
%
 
$
204

 
4

 

 
208

U.S. government sponsored enterprises
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturing within one year
1.58
%
 
3,979

 
17

 

 
3,996

Maturing after one year through five years
2.36
%
 
26,399

 
682

 

 
27,081

Maturing after five years through ten years
1.90
%
 
78

 

 

 
78

 
2.26
%
 
30,456

 
699

 

 
31,155

State and local governments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturing within one year
1.31
%
 
4,786

 
3

 
(2
)
 
4,787

Maturing after one year through five years
2.22
%
 
89,752

 
2,660

 
(22
)
 
92,390

Maturing after five years through ten years
2.59
%
 
63,143

 
2,094

 
(19
)
 
65,218

Maturing after ten years
4.84
%
 
845,657

 
57,138

 
(535
)
 
902,260

 
4.44
%
 
1,003,338

 
61,895

 
(578
)
 
1,064,655

Corporate bonds
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturing after one year through five years
2.55
%
 
60,810

 
261

 
(1,264
)
 
59,807

Maturing after five years through ten years
2.38
%
 
2,409

 
21

 

 
2,430

 
2.54
%
 
63,219

 
282

 
(1,264
)
 
62,237

Collateralized debt obligations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturing after ten years
8.03
%
 
5,648

 

 
(282
)
 
5,366

Residential mortgage-backed securities
1.70
%
 
1,960,167

 
10,138

 
(7,183
)
 
1,963,122

Total investment securities
2.64
%
 
$
3,063,032

 
73,018

 
(9,307
)
 
3,126,743


Included in the residential mortgage-backed securities are $46,733,000 and $49,252,000 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, of non-guaranteed private label whole loan mortgage-backed securities of which none of the underlying collateral is considered “subprime.”

Maturities of securities do not reflect repricing opportunities present in adjustable rate securities, nor do they reflect expected shorter maturities based upon early prepayment of principal. Weighted average yields are based on the level-yield method taking into account premium amortization, discount accretion and mortgage-backed securities' prepayment provisions. Weighted average yields on tax-exempt investment securities exclude the federal income tax benefit.


75

Table of Contents

Note 3. Investment Securities, Available-for-Sale (continued)

The cost of each investment sold is determined by specific identification. Gain or loss on sale of investments consists of the following: 

 
Years ended
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
December 31,
2010
Gross proceeds
$

 
18,916

 
142,925

Less amortized cost

 
(18,570
)
 
(138,103
)
Net gain on sale of investments
$

 
346

 
4,822

Gross gain on sale of investments
$

 
1,048

 
7,779

Gross loss on sale of investments

 
(702
)
 
(2,957
)
Net gain on sale of investments
$

 
346

 
4,822


At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had investment securities with fair values of $1,525,400,000 and $1,120,047,000, respectively, pledged as collateral for FHLB advances, FRB discount window borrowings, securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”), interest rate swap agreements and deposits of several local government units.

Investments with an unrealized loss position are summarized as follows:
 
 
December 31, 2012
 
Less than 12 Months
 
12 Months or More
 
Total
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Loss
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Loss
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Loss
State and local governments
$
102,896

 
(1,531
)
 
4,533

 
(74
)
 
107,429

 
(1,605
)
Corporate bonds
41,856

 
(238
)
 

 

 
41,856

 
(238
)
Residential mortgage-backed securities
955,235

 
(4,041
)
 
62,905

 
(566
)
 
1,018,140

 
(4,607
)
Total temporarily impaired securities
$
1,099,987

 
(5,810
)
 
67,438

 
(640
)
 
1,167,425

 
(6,450
)
 
 
December 31, 2011
 
Less than 12 Months
 
12 Months or More
 
Total
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Loss
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Loss
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Loss
State and local governments
$
26,434

 
(90
)
 
9,948

 
(488
)
 
36,382

 
(578
)
Corporate bonds
31,782

 
(1,264
)
 

 

 
31,782

 
(1,264
)
Collateralized debt obligations

 

 
5,366

 
(282
)
 
5,366

 
(282
)
Residential mortgage-backed securities
943,372

 
(6,850
)
 
8,244

 
(333
)
 
951,616

 
(7,183
)
Total temporarily impaired securities
$
1,001,588

 
(8,204
)
 
23,558

 
(1,103
)
 
1,025,146

 
(9,307
)

With respect to the Company's review of its securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2012, management determined that it did not intend to sell and there was no expected requirement to sell any of its impaired securities. Based on an analysis of its impaired securities as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company determined that none of such securities had other-than-temporary impairment.



76

Table of Contents

Note 4. Loans Receivable, Net

Substantially all of the Company’s loan receivables are with customers in the Company’s geographic market areas. Although the Company has a diversified loan portfolio, a substantial portion of its customers’ ability to honor their obligations is dependent upon the economic performance in the Company’s market areas. The Company is subject to regulatory limits for the amount of loans to any individual borrower and the Company is in compliance with this regulation as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. No borrower had outstanding loans or commitments exceeding 10 percent of the Company’s consolidated stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2012.

Net deferred fees, costs, premiums, and discounts of $1,379,000 and $3,123,000 were included in the loans receivable balance at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. At December 31, 2012, the Company had $2,295,167,000 in variable rate loans and $1,102,258,000 in fixed rate loans. The weighted average interest rate on loans was 5.33 percent and 5.62 percent at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. At December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, loans sold and serviced for others were $116,439,000, $160,465,000, and $173,446,000, respectively. At December 31, 2012, the Company had loans of $1,660,469,000 pledged as collateral for FHLB advances and FRB discount window. There were no significant purchases or sales of loans designated held-to-maturity during 2012 and 2011.

The Company has entered into transactions with its executive officers and directors and their affiliates. The aggregate amount of loans outstanding to such related parties at December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $33,869,000 and $89,089,000, respectively. During 2012, new loans to such related parties were $8,386,000 and repayments were $4,736,000. The decrease in the related party loans from the prior year is a result of combining the eleven bank subsidiaries into Glacier Bank. For additional information relating to the combination of the bank subsidiaries, see Note 1. In management’s opinion, such loans were made in the ordinary course of business and were made on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable transaction with other persons.

The following schedules summarize the activity in the ALLL on a portfolio class basis:

 
Year ended December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Total
 
Residential
Real Estate
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Other
Commercial
 
Home
Equity
 
Other
Consumer
Allowance for loan and lease losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
137,516

 
17,227

 
76,920

 
20,833

 
13,616

 
8,920

Provision for loan losses
21,525

 
2,879

 
11,012

 
4,690

 
324

 
2,620

Charge-offs
(34,672
)
 
(5,267
)
 
(16,339
)
 
(5,239
)
 
(4,369
)
 
(3,458
)
Recoveries
6,485

 
643

 
2,805

 
1,283

 
1,088

 
666

Balance at end of period
$
130,854

 
15,482

 
74,398

 
21,567

 
10,659

 
8,748

 
 
Year ended December 31, 2011
(Dollars in thousands)
Total
 
Residential
Real Estate
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Other
Commercial
 
Home
Equity
 
Other
Consumer
Allowance for loan and lease losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
137,107

 
20,957

 
76,147

 
19,932

 
13,334

 
6,737

Provision for loan losses
64,500

 
1,455

 
39,563

 
10,709

 
4,450

 
8,323

Charge-offs
(69,366
)
 
(5,671
)
 
(42,042
)
 
(10,386
)
 
(4,644
)
 
(6,623
)
Recoveries
5,275

 
486

 
3,252

 
578

 
476

 
483

Balance at end of period
$
137,516

 
17,227

 
76,920

 
20,833

 
13,616

 
8,920


The ALLL at the beginning of the period, the provision for loan losses, charge-offs and recoveries for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $142,927,000, $84,693,000, $(93,950,000) and $3,437,000, respectively.

77

Table of Contents

Note 4. Loans Receivable, Net (continued)

The following schedules disclose the ALLL and loans receivable on a portfolio class basis:
 
 
December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Total
 
Residential
Real Estate
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Other
Commercial
 
Home
Equity
 
Other
Consumer
Allowance for loan and lease losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
15,534

 
1,680

 
7,716

 
3,859

 
870

 
1,409

Collectively evaluated for impairment
115,320

 
13,802

 
66,682

 
17,708

 
9,789

 
7,339

Total allowance for loan and lease losses
$
130,854

 
15,482

 
74,398

 
21,567

 
10,659

 
8,748

Loans receivable
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
201,735

 
25,862

 
125,282

 
33,593

 
11,074

 
5,924

Collectively evaluated for impairment
3,195,690

 
490,605

 
1,530,226

 
589,804

 
392,851

 
192,204

Total loans receivable
$
3,397,425

 
516,467

 
1,655,508

 
623,397

 
403,925

 
198,128

 
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in thousands)
Total
 
Residential
Real Estate
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Other
Commercial
 
Home
Equity
 
Other
Consumer
Allowance for loan and lease losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
18,828

 
2,659

 
9,756

 
4,233

 
584

 
1,596

Collectively evaluated for impairment
118,688

 
14,568

 
67,164

 
16,600

 
13,032

 
7,324

Total allowance for loan and lease losses
$
137,516

 
17,227

 
76,920

 
20,833

 
13,616

 
8,920

Loans receivable
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
258,659

 
24,453

 
162,959

 
49,962

 
14,750

 
6,535

Collectively evaluated for impairment
3,207,476

 
492,354

 
1,509,100

 
573,906

 
425,819

 
206,297

Total loans receivable
$
3,466,135

 
516,807

 
1,672,059

 
623,868

 
440,569

 
212,832


The following schedules disclose the impaired loans on a portfolio class basis:
 
 
At or for the Year ended December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Total
 
Residential
Real Estate
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Other
Commercial
 
Home
Equity
 
Other
Consumer
Loans with a specific valuation allowance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recorded balance
$
62,759

 
7,334

 
29,595

 
21,205

 
1,354

 
3,271

Unpaid principal balance
70,261

 
7,459

 
36,887

 
21,278

 
1,362

 
3,275

Specific valuation allowance
15,534

 
1,680

 
7,716

 
3,859

 
870

 
1,409

Average balance
76,656

 
12,797

 
36,164

 
22,665

 
1,390

 
3,640

Loans without a specific valuation allowance

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recorded balance
$
138,976

 
18,528

 
95,687

 
12,388

 
9,720

 
2,653

Unpaid principal balance
149,412

 
19,613

 
102,798

 
14,318

 
9,965

 
2,718

Average balance
162,505

 
16,034

 
111,554

 
19,733

 
11,993

 
3,191

Totals

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recorded balance
$
201,735

 
25,862

 
125,282

 
33,593

 
11,074

 
5,924

Unpaid principal balance
219,673

 
27,072

 
139,685

 
35,596

 
11,327

 
5,993

Specific valuation allowance
15,534

 
1,680

 
7,716

 
3,859

 
870

 
1,409

Average balance
239,161

 
28,831

 
147,718

 
42,398

 
13,383

 
6,831


78

Table of Contents

Note 4. Loans Receivable, Net (continued)

 
At or for the Year ended December 31, 2011
(Dollars in thousands)
Total
 
Residential
Real Estate
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Other
Commercial
 
Home
Equity
 
Other
Consumer
Loans with a specific valuation allowance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recorded balance
$
77,717

 
11,111

 
39,971

 
22,087

 
1,219

 
3,329

Unpaid principal balance
85,514

 
11,177

 
47,569

 
22,196

 
1,238

 
3,334

Specific valuation allowance
18,828

 
2,659

 
9,756

 
4,233

 
584

 
1,596

Average balance
66,871

 
10,330

 
38,805

 
13,395

 
1,284

 
3,057

Loans without a specific valuation allowance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recorded balance
$
180,942

 
13,342

 
122,988

 
27,875

 
13,531

 
3,206

Unpaid principal balance
208,828

 
14,741

 
139,962

 
35,174

 
15,097

 
3,854

Average balance
168,983

 
14,730

 
123,231

 
19,963

 
8,975

 
2,084

Totals
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recorded balance
$
258,659

 
24,453

 
162,959

 
49,962

 
14,750

 
6,535

Unpaid principal balance
294,342

 
25,918

 
187,531

 
57,370

 
16,335

 
7,188

Specific valuation allowance
18,828

 
2,659

 
9,756

 
4,233

 
584

 
1,596

Average balance
235,854

 
25,060

 
162,036

 
33,358

 
10,259

 
5,141


Interest income recognized on impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 was not significant.

The following is a loans receivable aging analysis on a portfolio class basis:
 
 
December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Total
 
Residential
Real Estate
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Other
Commercial
 
Home
Equity
 
Other
Consumer
Accruing loans 30-59 days past due
$
17,454

 
3,897

 
7,424

 
2,020

 
2,872

 
1,241

Accruing loans 60-89 days past due
9,643

 
1,870

 
3,745

 
645

 
2,980

 
403

Accruing loans 90 days or more past due
1,479

 
451

 
594

 
197

 
188

 
49

Non-accrual loans
96,933

 
14,237

 
55,687

 
13,200

 
11,241

 
2,568

Total past due and non-accrual loans
125,509

 
20,455

 
67,450

 
16,062

 
17,281

 
4,261

Current loans receivable
3,271,916

 
496,012

 
1,588,058

 
607,335

 
386,644

 
193,867

Total loans receivable
$
3,397,425

 
516,467

 
1,655,508

 
623,397

 
403,925

 
198,128

 
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in thousands)
Total
 
Residential
Real Estate
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Other
Commercial
 
Home
Equity
 
Other
Consumer
Accruing loans 30-59 days past due
$
31,386

 
9,038

 
12,683

 
3,279

 
4,092

 
2,294

Accruing loans 60-89 days past due
17,700

 
2,678

 
11,660

 
1,034

 
1,276

 
1,052

Accruing loans 90 days or more past due
1,413

 
59

 
108

 
1,060

 
156

 
30

Non-accrual loans
133,689

 
11,881

 
87,956

 
21,685

 
10,272

 
1,895

Total past due and non-accrual loans
184,188

 
23,656

 
112,407

 
27,058

 
15,796

 
5,271

Current loans receivable
3,281,947

 
493,151

 
1,559,652

 
596,810

 
424,773

 
207,561

Total loans receivable
$
3,466,135

 
516,807

 
1,672,059

 
623,868

 
440,569

 
212,832



79

Table of Contents

Note 4. Loans Receivable, Net (continued)

Interest income that would have been recorded on non-accrual loans if such loans had been current for the entire period would have been approximately $5,161,000, $7,441,000, and $10,987,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

The following is a summary of the TDRs that occurred during the periods presented and the TDRs that occurred within the previous twelve months that subsequently defaulted during the periods presented on a portfolio class basis:
 
 
Year ended December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Total
 
Residential
Real Estate
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Other
Commercial
 
Home
Equity
 
Other
Consumer
Troubled debt restructurings
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of loans
198

 
11

 
85

 
75

 
10

 
17

Pre-modification recorded balance
$
90,747

 
2,280

 
57,382

 
28,639

 
1,358

 
1,088

Post-modification recorded balance
$
89,558

 
2,281

 
56,120

 
28,711

 
1,358

 
1,088

Troubled debt restructurings that subsequently defaulted
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of loans
14

 

 
4

 
6

 
3

 
1

Recorded balance
$
8,304

 

 
6,192

 
1,753

 
301

 
58


 
Year ended December 31, 2011
(Dollars in thousands)
Total
 
Residential
Real Estate
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Other
Commercial
 
Home
Equity
 
Other
Consumer
Troubled debt restructurings
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of loans
338

 
20

 
120

 
149

 
22

 
27

Pre-modification recorded balance
$
158,295

 
13,500

 
109,593

 
20,446

 
9,198

 
5,558

Post-modification recorded balance
$
155,827

 
13,452

 
107,778

 
20,434

 
9,200

 
4,963

Troubled debt restructurings that subsequently defaulted
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of loans
66

 
4

 
29

 
22

 
7

 
4

Recorded balance
$
41,236

 
2,291

 
32,615

 
2,718

 
3,202

 
410


For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 the majority of TDRs occurring in most loan classes was a result of an extension of the maturity date which aggregated 49 percent and 58 percent, respectively, of total TDRs. For commercial real estate, the class with the largest dollar amount of TDRs, approximately 36 percent and 56 percent, respectively, was a result of an extension of the maturity date and 30 percent and 31 percent, respectively, was due to a combination of an interest rate reduction, extension of the maturity date, or reduction in the face amount.

In addition to the TDRs that occurred during the period provided in the preceding table, the Company had TDRs with pre-modification loan balances of $39,769,000 and $96,528,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, for which OREO was received in full or partial satisfaction of the loans. The majority of such TDRs for both years was in commercial real estate.

There were $4,534,000 and $3,158,000 of additional outstanding commitments on TDRs outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The amount of charge-offs on TDRs during 2012 and 2011 was $6,271,000 and $8,792,000, respectively.




80

Table of Contents

Note 5. Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation, consist of the following at:
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Land
$
25,027

 
25,022

Office buildings and construction in progress
153,340

 
145,999

Furniture, fixtures and equipment
63,467

 
62,002

Leasehold improvements
7,393

 
7,766

Accumulated depreciation
(90,238
)
 
(81,917
)
Net premises and equipment
$
158,989

 
158,872


Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 was $10,615,000, $10,443,000, and $10,808,000, respectively. Interest expense capitalized for various construction projects for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $11,000, $35,000 and $65,000, respectively.

The Company leases certain land, premises and equipment from third parties under operating and capital leases. Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 was $2,868,000, $3,239,000, and $3,566,000, respectively. Amortization of building capital lease assets is included in depreciation. The Company has entered into lease transactions with related parties. Rent expense with such related parties for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 was $410,000, $937,000, and $902,000. The decrease in the related party rent expense from the prior year is a result of combining the eleven bank subsidiaries into Glacier Bank. For additional information relating to the combination of the bank subsidiaries, see Note 1.

The total future minimum rental commitments required under operating and capital leases that have initial or remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year at December 31, 2012 are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
Capital
Leases
 
Operating
Leases
 
Total
Years ending December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
2013
$
238

 
2,317

 
2,555

2014
828

 
2,227

 
3,055

2015
195

 
2,043

 
2,238

2016
197

 
1,813

 
2,010

2017
200

 
1,506

 
1,706

Thereafter
749

 
4,136

 
4,885

Total minimum lease payments
2,407

 
14,042

 
16,449

Less: Amount representing interest
619

 
 
 
 
Present value of minimum lease payments
1,788

 
 
 
 
Less: Current portion of obligations under capital leases
98

 
 
 
 
Long-term portion of obligations under capital leases
$
1,690

 
 
 
 


81

Table of Contents

Note 6. Other Intangible Assets and Goodwill

The following table sets forth information regarding the Company’s core deposit intangibles:

 
At or for the Years ended
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
December 31,
2010
Gross carrying value
$
22,404

 
28,248

 
30,050

Accumulated amortization
(16,230
)
 
(19,964
)
 
(19,293
)
Net carrying value
$
6,174

 
8,284

 
10,757

Aggregate amortization expense
$
2,110

 
2,473

 
3,180

Weighted-average amortization period
 
 
 
 
 
(Period in years)
9.5

 
 
 
 
Estimated amortization expense for the years ending December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
2013
$
1,860

 
 
 
 
2014
1,611

 
 
 
 
2015
1,368

 
 
 
 
2016
1,037

 
 
 
 
2017
298

 
 
 
 

The following schedule discloses the changes in the carrying value of goodwill:

 
Years ended
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
December 31,
2010
Net carrying value at beginning of period
$
106,100

 
146,259

 
146,259

Impairment charge

 
(40,159
)
 

Net carrying value at end of period
$
106,100

 
106,100

 
146,259

 
The gross carrying value of goodwill and the accumulated impairment charge consists of the following:

(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
 
Gross carrying value
$
146,259

 
146,259

 
 
Accumulated impairment charge
(40,159
)
 
(40,159
)
 
 
Net carrying value
$
106,100

 
106,100

 
 

The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test during the third quarter of 2012 and determined the fair value of the aggregated reporting units exceeded the carrying value, such that the Company's goodwill was not considered impaired. In recognition there were no events or circumstances that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2012 that would more-likely-than-not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value, the Company did not perform interim testing at December 31, 2012. However, further adverse changes in the economic environment, operations of the aggregated reporting units, or other factors could result in the decline in the fair value of the aggregated reporting units which could result in a goodwill impairment in the future. Due to high levels of volatility and dislocation in prices of shares of publicly-held, exchange listed banking companies in 2011, a goodwill impairment charge was recognized by the Company during the third quarter of 2011.


82

Table of Contents

Note 7. Deposits

Deposits consist of the following at:
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Non-interest bearing deposits
$
1,191,933

 
22.2
%
 
1,010,899

 
21.0
%
NOW accounts
988,984

 
18.4
%
 
843,129

 
17.5
%
Savings accounts
478,809

 
8.9
%
 
404,671

 
8.4
%
Money market deposit accounts
931,370

 
17.4
%
 
873,562

 
18.1
%
Certificate accounts
1,015,491

 
19.0
%
 
1,080,917

 
22.4
%
Wholesale deposits 1
757,874

 
14.1
%
 
608,035

 
12.6
%
Total interest bearing deposits
4,172,528

 
77.8
%
 
3,810,314

 
79.0
%
Total deposits
$
5,364,461

 
100.0
%
 
4,821,213

 
100.0
%
Deposits with a balance of $100,000 and greater
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demand deposits
$
2,361,528

 
 
 
1,986,757

 
 
Certificate accounts
1,044,488

 
 
 
933,183

 
 
Total balances of $100,000 and greater
$
3,406,016

 
 
 
2,919,940

 
 
__________
 1 Wholesale deposits include brokered deposits classified as NOW, money market deposit and certificate accounts, including reciprocal deposits.

The scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows and include $521,624,000 of wholesale deposits as of December 31, 2012:

 
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
Years ending December 31,
 
2013
$
1,246,425

2014
161,973

2015
73,115

2016
37,073

2017
18,439

Thereafter
90

 
$
1,537,115


The Company reclassified $3,482,000 and $2,205,000 of overdraft demand deposits to loans as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company has entered into deposit transactions with its executive officers and directors and their affiliates. The aggregate amount of deposits with such related parties at December 31, 2012, and 2011 was $20,404,000 and $71,504,000, respectively. The decrease in the related party deposits from the prior year is a result of combining the eleven bank subsidiaries into Glacier Bank. For additional information relating to the combination of the bank subsidiaries, see Note 1.

Debit card expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 was $4,082,000, $4,073,000, and $3,003,000, respectively, and was included in other expense in the Company’s statements of operations.


83

Table of Contents

Note 8. Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

Repurchase agreements consist of the following:

 
December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Repurchase
Amount
 
Weighted
Average
Fixed Rate
 
Amortized
Cost of
Underlying
Assets
 
Fair
Value of
Underlying
Assets
Overnight
$
285,349

 
0.32
%
 
$
287,597

 
293,958

Maturing within 30 days
4,159

 
0.50
%
 
4,228

 
4,306

 
$
289,508

 
0.32
%
 
$
291,825

 
298,264


 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in thousands)
Repurchase
Amount
 
Weighted
Average
Fixed Rate
 
Amortized
Cost of
Underlying
Assets
 
Fair
Value of
Underlying
Assets
Overnight
$
257,802

 
0.42
%
 
$
260,124

 
265,592

Maturing within 30 days
841

 
1.00
%
 
1,855

 
1,916

 
$
258,643

 
0.42
%
 
$
261,979

 
267,508


The securities, consisting of U.S. government sponsored enterprises issued or guaranteed residential mortgage-backed securities, subject to agreements to repurchase, were for the same securities originally sold, and were held in custody accounts by third parties.

Note 9. Borrowings

Each advance from the FHLB bears a fixed rate of interest and consists of the following:

 
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
 
Weighted
Rate
 
Amount
 
Weighted
Rate
Maturing within one year
$
720,000

 
0.28
%
 
792,000

 
0.68
%
Maturing one year through two years

 
%
 

 
%
Maturing two years through three years
75,000

 
3.48
%
 

 
%
Maturing three years through four years
45,000

 
2.99
%
 
75,000

 
3.48
%
Maturing four years through five years

 
%
 
45,000

 
2.99
%
Thereafter
157,013

 
3.07
%
 
157,046

 
3.07
%
Total
$
997,013

 
1.09
%
 
1,069,046

 
1.32
%

In addition to specifically pledged loans and investment securities, FHLB advances are collateralized by FHLB stock owned by the Company and a blanket assignment of the unpledged qualifying loans and investments.


84

Table of Contents

Note 9. Borrowings (continued)

With respect to $275,000,000 of FHLB advances at December 31, 2012, the FHLB holds put options that will be exercised on the quarterly measurement date when 3-month LIBOR is 8 percent or greater. The FHLB put options as of December 31, 2012 are summarized as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
 
Interest
Rate
Maturing during years ending December 31,
 
 
 
2015
$
75,000

 
3.16% - 3.64%
2016
45,000

 
2.93% - 3.05%
2018
20,000

 
2.73% - 2.85%
2021
135,000

 
2.88% - 3.43%
 
$
275,000

 
 

The Company’s remaining borrowings consisted of capital lease obligations, liens on OREO and other debt obligations through consolidation of certain VIEs. At December 31, 2012, the Company had $171,000,000 in unsecured lines of credit which are typically renewed on an annual basis with various correspondent entities.

Note 10. Subordinated Debentures

Trust preferred securities were issued by the Company’s trust subsidiaries, the common stock of which is wholly-owned by the Company, in conjunction with the Company issuing subordinated debentures to the trust subsidiaries. The terms of the subordinated debentures are the same as the terms of the trust preferred securities. The Company guaranteed the payment of distributions and payments for redemption or liquidation of the trust preferred securities to the extent of funds held by the trust subsidiaries. The obligations of the Company under the subordinated debentures together with the guarantee and other back-up obligations, in the aggregate, constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of the obligations of all trusts under the trust preferred securities.

The trust preferred securities are subject to mandatory redemption upon repayment of the subordinated debentures at their stated maturity date or the earlier redemption in an amount equal to their liquidation amount plus accumulated and unpaid distributions to the date of redemption. Interest distributions are payable quarterly. The Company may defer the payment of interest at any time from time to time for a period not exceeding 20 consecutive quarters provided that the deferral period does not extend past the stated maturity. During any such deferral period, distributions on the trust preferred securities will also be deferred and the Company’s ability to pay dividends on its common shares will be restricted.

Subject to prior approval by the FRB, the trust preferred securities may be redeemed at par prior to maturity at the Company’s option on or after the redemption date. All of the Company's trust preferred securities have reached the redemption date and could be redeemed at the Company's option. The trust preferred securities may also be redeemed at any time in whole (but not in part) for the Trusts in the event of unfavorable changes in laws or regulations that result in 1) subsidiary trusts becoming subject to federal income tax on income received on the subordinated debentures, 2) interest payable by the Company on the subordinated debentures becoming non-deductible for federal tax purposes, 3) the requirement for the trusts to register under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or 4) loss of the ability to treat the trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital under the FRB capital adequacy guidelines.

For regulatory purposes, the FRB has allowed bank holding companies to include trust preferred securities in Tier 1 capital up to a certain limit. Provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act require the FRB to generally exclude trust preferred securities from Tier 1 capital, but a grandfather provision permits bank holding companies with consolidated assets of less than $15 billion to continue counting existing trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital until they mature. All of the Company's trust preferred securities qualified as Tier 1 instruments at December 31, 2012.

85

Table of Contents

Note 10. Subordinated Debentures (continued)

The terms of the subordinated debentures, arranged by maturity date, are reflected in the table below. The amounts include fair value adjustments from acquisitions.

 
December 31, 2012
 
Variable Rate
 
Maturity
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance
 
Rate
 
Structure
 
Date
First Company Statutory Trust 2001
$
2,955

 
3.613
%
 
3 mo LIBOR plus 3.30
 
07/31/2031
First Company Statutory Trust 2003
2,182

 
3.560
%
 
3 mo LIBOR plus 3.25
 
03/26/2033
Glacier Capital Trust II
46,393

 
3.090
%
 
3 mo LIBOR plus 2.75
 
04/07/2034
Citizens (ID) Statutory Trust I
5,155

 
2.958
%
 
3 mo LIBOR plus 2.65
 
06/17/2034
Glacier Capital Trust III
36,083

 
1.630
%
 
3 mo LIBOR plus 1.29
 
04/07/2036
Glacier Capital Trust IV
30,928

 
1.878
%
 
3 mo LIBOR plus 1.57
 
09/15/2036
Bank of the San Juans Bancorporation Trust I
1,722

 
2.131
%
 
3 mo LIBOR plus 1.82
 
03/01/2037
 
$
125,418

 
 
 
 
 
 

Note 11. Derivatives and Hedging Activities

The Company is exposed to certain risk relating to its ongoing business operations. The primary risk managed by using derivative instruments is interest rate risk. Interest rate swaps are entered into to manage interest rate risk associated with the Company’s forecasted variable rate borrowings. The Company recognizes interest rate swaps as either assets or liabilities at fair value in the statement of financial condition.

The interest rate swaps on variable rate borrowings were designated as cash flow hedges and were over-the-counter contracts. The contracts were entered into by the Company with counterparties and the specific agreement of terms were negotiated, including the forecasted notional amount, the interest rate, and the maturity date.

The Company is exposed to credit-related losses in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to the agreements. The Company controls the credit risk through monitoring procedures and does not expect the counterparties to fail on their obligations. The Company only conducts business with primary dealers as counterparties and believes that the credit risk inherent in these contracts was not significant.

The Company’s interest rate derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 2012 are as follows:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Forecasted
Notional  Amount
 
Variable
Interest Rate 1
 
Fixed
Interest Rate 1
 
Term 2
Interest rate swap
$
160,000

 
3 month LIBOR
 
3.378
%
 
Oct. 21, 2014 - Oct. 21, 2021
Interest rate swap
100,000

 
3 month LIBOR
 
2.498
%
 
Nov 30, 2015 - Nov. 30, 2022
__________
1 The Company pays the fixed interest rate and the counterparties pay the Company the variable interest rate.
2 No cash will be exchanged prior to the term.

The hedging strategy converts the LIBOR based variable interest rate on forecasted borrowings to a fixed interest rate, thereby protecting the Company from floating interest rate variability.

86

Table of Contents

Note 11. Derivatives and Hedging Activities (continued)

The following table summarizes the fair value of the Company’s interest rate derivative financial instruments:
 
 
 
 
Fair Value
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance Sheet
Location
 
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Interest rate swap
Other liabilities
 
$
16,832

 
8,906


Pursuant to the interest rate swap agreements, the Company pledged collateral to the counterparties in the form of investment securities totaling $18,684,000 at December 31, 2012. There was $0 collateral pledged from the counterparties to the Company as of December 31, 2012. There is the possibility that the Company may need to pledge additional collateral in the future if there were further declines in the fair value.

Note 12. Regulatory Capital

The FRB has adopted capital adequacy guidelines pursuant to which it assesses the adequacy of capital in supervising a bank holding company. As a result of combining the eleven bank subsidiaries into Glacier Bank on April 30, 2012, there were changes in the regulatory capital ratios at the subsidiary level which are reflected in the following tables for December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011. For additional information relating to the combination of the bank subsidiaries, see Note 1. The following table illustrates the FRB’s adequacy guidelines and the Company’s and the Bank's compliance with those guidelines as of December 31, 2012:

 
Actual
 
Minimum Capital
Requirement
 
Well Capitalized
Requirement
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
923,574

 
20.09
%
 
367,701

 
8.00
%
 
459,627

 
10.00
%
Glacier Bank
851,819

 
18.79
%
 
362,711

 
8.00
%
 
453,388

 
10.00
%
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
865,213

 
18.82
%
 
183,851

 
4.00
%
 
275,776

 
6.00
%
Glacier Bank
794,228

 
17.52
%
 
181,355

 
4.00
%
 
272,033

 
6.00
%
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
865,213

 
11.31
%
 
306,005

 
4.00
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

Glacier Bank
794,228

 
10.55
%
 
301,013

 
4.00
%
 
376,267

 
5.00
%

87

Table of Contents

Note 12. Regulatory Capital (continued)

The following table illustrates the FRB’s adequacy guidelines and the Company’s and bank subsidiaries’ compliance with those guidelines as of December 31, 2011:

 
Actual
 
Minimum Capital
Requirement
 
Well Capitalized
Requirement
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
883,954

 
20.27
%
 
348,950

 
8.00
%
 
436,187

 
10.00
%
Glacier Bank
187,082

 
19.95
%
 
75,033

 
8.00
%
 
93,792

 
10.00
%
Mountain West Bank
149,280

 
20.42
%
 
58,474

 
8.00
%
 
73,092

 
10.00
%
First Security Bank of Missoula
121,181

 
17.18
%
 
56,414

 
8.00
%
 
70,517

 
10.00
%
Western Security Bank
69,646

 
17.07
%
 
32,632

 
8.00
%
 
40,790

 
10.00
%
1st Bank
68,729

 
19.48
%
 
28,225

 
8.00
%
 
35,282

 
10.00
%
Valley Bank of Helena
34,117

 
14.01
%
 
19,476

 
8.00
%
 
24,345

 
10.00
%
Big Sky Western Bank
68,661

 
25.43
%
 
21,601

 
8.00
%
 
27,002

 
10.00
%
First Bank of Wyoming
41,860

 
19.95
%
 
16,789

 
8.00
%
 
20,987

 
10.00
%
Citizens Community Bank
29,011

 
13.85
%
 
16,763

 
8.00
%
 
20,954

 
10.00
%
First Bank of Montana
22,757

 
15.05
%
 
12,100

 
8.00
%
 
15,124

 
10.00
%
Bank of the San Juans
21,127

 
13.63
%
 
12,402

 
8.00
%
 
15,503

 
10.00
%
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
828,404

 
18.99
%
 
174,475

 
4.00
%
 
261,712

 
6.00
%
Glacier Bank
175,066

 
18.67
%
 
37,517

 
4.00
%
 
56,275

 
6.00
%
Mountain West Bank
139,809

 
19.13
%
 
29,237

 
4.00
%
 
43,855

 
6.00
%
First Security Bank of Missoula
112,198

 
15.91
%
 
28,207

 
4.00
%
 
42,310

 
6.00
%
Western Security Bank
64,520

 
15.82
%
 
16,316

 
4.00
%
 
24,474

 
6.00
%
1st Bank
64,267

 
18.22
%
 
14,113

 
4.00
%
 
21,169

 
6.00
%
Valley Bank of Helena
31,059

 
12.76
%
 
9,738

 
4.00
%
 
14,607

 
6.00
%
Big Sky Western Bank
65,218

 
24.15
%
 
10,801

 
4.00
%
 
16,201

 
6.00
%
First Bank of Wyoming
39,670

 
18.90
%
 
8,395

 
4.00
%
 
12,592

 
6.00
%
Citizens Community Bank
26,358

 
12.58
%
 
8,382

 
4.00
%
 
12,572

 
6.00
%
First Bank of Montana
20,854

 
13.79
%
 
6,050

 
4.00
%
 
9,075

 
6.00
%
Bank of the San Juans
19,161

 
12.36
%
 
6,201

 
4.00
%
 
9,302

 
6.00
%
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
828,404

 
11.81
%
 
280,602

 
4.00
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

Glacier Bank
175,066

 
13.00
%
 
53,846

 
4.00
%
 
67,308

 
5.00
%
Mountain West Bank
139,809

 
12.81
%
 
43,660

 
4.00
%
 
54,575

 
5.00
%
First Security Bank of Missoula
112,198

 
10.49
%
 
42,793

 
4.00
%
 
53,492

 
5.00
%
Western Security Bank
64,520

 
8.28
%
 
31,159

 
4.00
%
 
38,949

 
5.00
%
1st Bank
64,267

 
8.49
%
 
30,279

 
4.00
%
 
37,849

 
5.00
%
Valley Bank of Helena
31,059

 
6.94
%
 
17,906

 
4.00
%
 
22,382

 
5.00
%
Big Sky Western Bank
65,218

 
17.33
%
 
15,057

 
4.00
%
 
18,821

 
5.00
%
First Bank of Wyoming
39,670

 
10.40
%
 
15,264

 
4.00
%
 
19,080

 
5.00
%
Citizens Community Bank
26,358

 
7.65
%
 
13,783

 
4.00
%
 
17,228

 
5.00
%
First Bank of Montana
20,854

 
8.33
%
 
10,008

 
4.00
%
 
12,510

 
5.00
%
Bank of the San Juans
19,161

 
8.48
%
 
9,042

 
4.00
%
 
11,303

 
5.00
%

88

Table of Contents

Note 12. Regulatory Capital (continued)

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act generally restricts a depository institution from making any capital distribution (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its bank holding company if the institution would thereafter be capitalized at less than 8 percent Total capital (to risk-weighted assets), 4 percent Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets), or 4 percent Tier 1 capital (to average assets).

At December 31, 2012 for the Bank and at December 31, 2011 for each of the bank subsidiaries, the capital measures exceeded the well capitalized threshold, which requires Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) of at least 10 percent, Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) of at least 6 percent, and Tier 1 capital (to average assets) of at least 5 percent. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and Bank’s financial condition. There are no conditions or events since year end that management believes have changed the Company’s or Bank's risk-based capital category.

Current guidance from the Federal Reserve provides, among other things, that dividends per share on the Company’s common stock generally should not exceed earnings per share, measured over the previous four fiscal quarters. The Bank is also subject to Montana state law and cannot declare a dividend greater than the previous two years' net earnings without providing notice to the state.

Note 13. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income, included in stockholders’ equity, are as follows:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities
$
95,328

 
63,711

Tax effect
(37,083
)
 
(24,783
)
Net of tax amount
58,245

 
38,928

Unrealized losses on derivatives used for cash flow hedges
(16,832
)
 
(8,906
)
Tax effect
6,549

 
3,465

Net of tax amount
(10,283
)
 
(5,441
)
Total accumulated other comprehensive income
$
47,962

 
33,487


Note 14. Federal and State Income Taxes

The following is a summary of consolidated income tax expense:

 
Years ended
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
December 31,
2010
Current
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
$
12,718

 
8,836

 
3,724

State
5,522

 
4,191

 
3,481

Total current tax expense
18,240

 
13,027

 
7,205

Deferred
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
708

 
(11,256
)
 
115

State
129

 
(2,052
)
 
23

Total deferred tax expense (benefit)
837

 
(13,308
)
 
138

Total income tax expense (benefit)
$
19,077

 
(281
)
 
7,343


89

Table of Contents

Note 14. Federal and State Income Taxes (continued)

Combined federal and state income tax expense differs from that computed at the federal statutory corporate tax rate as follows:

 
Years ended
 
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
December 31,
2010
Federal statutory rate
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
State taxes, net of federal income tax benefit
3.9
 %
 
8.1
 %
 
4.6
 %
Tax-exempt interest income
(14.0
)%
 
(65.5
)%
 
(17.3
)%
Tax credits
(4.2
)%
 
(22.1
)%
 
(7.3
)%
Goodwill impairment charge
 %
 
42.3
 %
 
 %
Other, net
(0.5
)%
 
0.6
 %
 
(0.2
)%
Effective tax rate
20.2
 %
 
(1.6
)%
 
14.8
 %

The tax effect of temporary differences which give rise to a significant portion of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
Deferred tax assets
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses
$
50,963

 
53,555

Other real estate owned
7,685

 
7,852

Interest rate swap agreements
6,549

 
3,465

Federal income tax credits
3,543

 
2,400

Deferred compensation
3,129

 
2,964

Impairment of equity securities (FHLMC & FNMA)
2,954

 
2,954

Employee benefits
2,715

 
2,610

Non-accrued interest
2,008

 
2,894

Other
2,446

 
2,713

Total gross deferred tax assets
81,992

 
81,407

Deferred tax liabilities
 
 
 
Available-for-sale securities
(37,083
)
 
(24,783
)
FHLB stock dividends
(10,143
)
 
(10,165
)
Depreciation of premises and equipment
(5,437
)
 
(6,169
)
Deferred loan costs
(5,316
)
 
(4,954
)
Intangibles
(1,832
)
 
(1,566
)
Other
(1,787
)
 
(2,689
)
Total gross deferred tax liabilities
(61,598
)
 
(50,326
)
Net deferred tax asset
$
20,394

 
31,081


The Company’s federal income tax credit carryforwards will expire in 2031 and 2032.

90

Table of Contents

Note 14. Federal and State Income Taxes (continued)

The Company and the Bank join together in the filing of consolidated income tax returns in the following jurisdictions: federal, Montana, Idaho, Colorado and Utah. Although the Bank has operations in Wyoming and Washington, neither Wyoming nor Washington imposes a corporate-level income tax. All required income tax returns have been timely filed. The following schedule summarizes the years that remain subject to examination as of December 31, 2012:

 
Years ended December 31,
Federal
2009, 2010 and 2011
Montana
2009, 2010 and 2011
Idaho
2009, 2010 and 2011
Colorado
2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011
Utah
2009, 2010 and 2011

The Company had no unrecognized tax benefit as of December 31, 2012, and 2011. The Company recognizes interest related to unrecognized income tax benefits in interest expense and penalties are recognized in other expense.

During the years ended December 31, 2012, and 2011, the Company did not recognize any interest expense or penalties with respect to income tax liabilities. The Company had no accrued liabilities for the payment of interest or penalties at December 31, 2012, and 2011.
 
The Company has assessed the need for a valuation allowance and determined that a valuation allowance is not necessary at December 31, 2012, and 2011. The Company believes that it is more-likely-than-not that the Company’s deferred tax assets will be realizable by offsetting future taxable income from reversing taxable temporary differences and anticipated future taxable income (exclusive of reversing temporary differences). In its assessment, the Company considered its strong earnings history, no history of tax credit carryforwards expiring unused, and no future net operating losses (for tax purposes) are expected.

Retained earnings at December 31, 2012 includes $3,600,000 for which no provision for federal income tax has been made. This amount represents the base year reserve for bad debts, which is essentially an allocation of earnings to pre-1988 bad debt deductions for federal income tax purposes only. This amount is treated as a permanent difference and deferred taxes are not recognized unless it appears that this bad debt reserve will be reduced and thereby result in taxable income in the foreseeable future. The Company is not currently contemplating any changes in its business or operations which would result in a recapture of this reserve for bad debts for federal tax income purposes.

Note 15. Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period presented. Diluted earnings per share is computed by including the net increase in shares as if dilutive outstanding stock options were exercised, using the treasury stock method.

Basic and diluted earnings per share has been computed based on the following:
 
 
Years ended
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
December 31,
2010
Net income available to common stockholders, basic and diluted
$
75,516

 
17,471

 
42,330

Average outstanding shares - basic
71,928,570

 
71,915,073

 
69,657,980

Add: dilutive stock options and awards
86

 

 
2,365

Average outstanding shares - diluted
71,928,656

 
71,915,073

 
69,660,345

Basic earnings per share
$
1.05

 
0.24

 
0.61

Diluted earnings per share
$
1.05

 
0.24

 
0.61


91

Table of Contents

Note 15. Earnings Per Share (continued)

There were 879,525, 1,567,561 and 2,295,424 options excluded from the diluted average outstanding share calculation for December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively, due to the option exercise price exceeding the market price of the Company’s common stock.

Note 16. Employee Benefit Plans

The Company has a 401(k) plan and a profit sharing plan which has safe harbor and employer discretionary components. To be considered eligible for the 401(k) and safe harbor components of the profit sharing plan, an employee must be 21 years of age and employed for three full months. Employees are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan the first day of the month once they have met the eligibility requirements. To be considered eligible for the employer discretionary contribution of the profit sharing plan, an employee must be 21 years of age, worked one full calendar quarter, worked 501 hours in the plan year and be employed as of the last day of the plan year. Participants are at all times fully vested in all contributions.

The profit sharing plan contributions consists of a 3 percent non-elective safe harbor contribution fully funded by the Company and an employer discretionary contribution. The employer discretionary contribution depends on the Company’s profitability. The total profit sharing plan expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 was $3,974,000, $2,043,000 and $2,223,000 respectively.
 
The 401(k) plan allows eligible employees to contribute up to 60 percent of their eligible annual compensation up to the limit set annually by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company matches an amount equal to 50 percent of the first 6 percent of an employee’s contribution. The Company’s contribution to the 401(k) for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $1,751,000, $1,644,000, and $1,570,000, respectively.

The Company has a non-funded deferred compensation plan for directors and senior officers. The plan provides for participants’ elective deferral of cash payments of up to 50 percent of a participants’ salary and 100 percent of bonuses and directors fees. The total amount deferred for the plan was $278,000, $362,000, and $358,000, for the years ending December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. The participant receives an earnings credit at a rate equal to 50 percent of the Company’s return on average equity. The total earnings for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 for the plan was $231,000, $54,000 and $116,000, respectively. In connection with several acquisitions, the Company assumed the obligations of deferred compensation plans for certain key employees. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the liability related to the obligations was $1,255,000 and $1,288,000 and was included in other liabilities. The amount expensed related to the obligations during 2012, 2011 and 2010 was insignificant.

The Company has a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”) which is intended to supplement payments due to participants upon retirement under the Company’s other qualified plans. The Company credits the participant’s account on annual basis for an amount equal to employer contributions that would have otherwise been allocated to the participant’s account under the tax-qualified plans were it not for limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") or the participation in the non-funded deferred compensation plan. Eligible employees include participants of the non-funded deferred compensation plan and employees whose benefits were limited as a result of IRS regulations. The Company’s required contribution to the SERP for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $47,000, $21,000, and $10,000, respectively. The participant receives an earnings credit at a rate equal to 50 percent of the Company’s return on average equity. The total earnings for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 for this plan was $37,000, $9,000, and $22,000, respectively.

The Company has elected to self-insure certain costs related to employee health and dental benefit programs. Costs resulting from noninsured losses are expensed as incurred. The Company has purchased insurance that limits its exposure on an aggregate and individual claims basis for the employee health benefit programs.

The Company has entered into employment contracts with 15 senior officers that provide benefits under certain conditions following a change in control of the Company.



92

Table of Contents

Note 17. Stock-based Compensation Plans

The Company has the following stock-based compensation plans outstanding: 1) the Directors 1994 Stock Option Plan and 2) the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. The Directors 1994 Stock Option Plan was approved to provide for the grant of stock options to outside Directors of the Company. The Directors 1994 Stock Option Plan expired in March of 2009 and has granted but unexpired stock options outstanding. The 2005 Stock Incentive Plan provides awards to certain full-time employees and directors of the Company. The 2005 Stock Incentive Plan permits the granting of stock options, share appreciation rights, restricted shares, restricted share units, and unrestricted shares, deferred share units, and performance awards. At December 31, 2012, 3,849,531 shares were available to grant to employees and directors.

Stock Options
The Company has granted stock options to certain full-time employees and directors of the Company under the Directors 1994 Stock Option Plan and the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. Both plans contain provisions authorizing the grant of limited stock rights, which permit the optionee, upon a change in control of the Company, to surrender his or her stock options for cancellation and receive cash or common stock equal to the difference between the exercise price and the fair market value of the shares on the date of the grant. The option price at which the Company’s common stock may be purchased upon exercise of stock options granted under the plans must be at least equal to the per share market value of such stock at the date the option is granted. All stock option shares are adjusted for stock splits and stock dividends. The term of the stock options may not exceed five years from the date the options are granted.
 
The fair value of stock options granted is estimated at the date of grant using the Black Scholes option-pricing model. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and termination within the valuation model. Employee and director awards, which have dissimilar historical exercise behavior, are considered separately for valuation purposes. The risk-free interest rate for periods within the contractual life of the stock option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of the grant. The stock option grants generally vest upon six months or two years of service for directors and employees, respectively, and generally expire in five years. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatility and other factors. The following lists the various assumptions and fair value of the stock options granted during the years indicated. There were no stock options granted during 2012 or 2011.
 
Options Granted During
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Fair value of stock options - Black Scholes
N/A
 
N/A
 
$
4.63

Expected volatility
N/A
 
N/A
 
44
%
Dividend yield
N/A
 
N/A
 
2.74
%
Risk-free interest rate
N/A
 
N/A
 
1.40
%
Expected life
N/A
 
N/A
 
3.47

__________
N/A - not applicable

Compensation expense related to stock options for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $4,000, $74,000 and $912,000, respectively, and the recognized tax benefit related to this expense was $2,000, $29,000 and $359,000. There was no unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options as of December 31, 2012.

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $3,000, $0 and $5,000, respectively, and the tax benefit received related to these exercises was $1,000, $0 and $2,000. Total cash received from options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $81,000, $0 and $58,000. Upon exercise of stock options, the shares are issued from the Company's authorized stock balance.


93

Table of Contents

Note 17. Stock-based Compensation Plans (continued)

Changes in shares granted for stock options for the year ended December 31, 2012 are summarized as follows:
 
Options
 
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Outstanding at December 31, 2011
1,446,860

 
$
19.52

Exercised
(5,250
)
 
15.37

Forfeited or expired
(650,170
)
 
22.68

Outstanding at December 31, 2012
791,440

 
16.95

Exercisable at December 31, 2012
791,440

 
16.95


The average remaining life on stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2012 is 0.5 years. The aggregate intrinsic value of the outstanding and exercisable shares at December 31, 2012 was not significant.

Restricted Stock Awards
Beginning in 2012, the Company awarded restricted stock to certain executive officers and directors under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. Common stock issued under restricted stock awards may be issued under the terms of a vesting schedule or with an immediate vest and may not be sold or otherwise transferred until restrictions have lapsed. The recipient does not have voting rights until the restricted stock award has vested. Dividends paid on the restricted shares during the restriction period are paid immediately in cash. The fair value of the restricted stock awarded is the closing price of the Company's common stock on the award date.

During 2012, the Company awarded 16,899 shares of restricted stock to certain executive officers and directors. The restricted shares were service based and vested immediately.

Compensation expense and the associated tax benefit related to restricted stock awards for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $243,000 and $96,000, respectively. There was no unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock awards as of December 31, 2012.

The fair value of restricted stock awards that vested during the year ended December 31, 2012 was $243,000 and the tax benefit recognized related to these awards was $96,000. Upon vesting of restricted stock awards, the shares are issued from the Company's authorized stock balance.

The following table summarizes the restricted stock award activity for the year ended December 31, 2012:
 
Restricted Stock
 
Weighted
Average
Grant Date Fair Value
Non-vested at December 31, 2011

 
$

Granted
16,899

 
14.36

Vested
(16,899
)
 
14.36

Non-vested at December 31, 2012

 




94

Table of Contents

Note 18. Parent Holding Company Information (Condensed)

The following condensed financial information was the unconsolidated information for the parent holding company:

Statements of Financial Condition
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
Assets
 
 
 
Cash on hand and in banks
$
2,540

 
383

Interest bearing cash deposits
9,887

 
30,955

Cash and cash equivalents
12,427

 
31,338

Investment securities, available-for-sale
29,457

 
10,737

Other assets
23,221

 
19,041

Investment in subsidiaries
972,218

 
929,518

Total assets
$
1,037,323

 
990,634

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
Dividends payable
$

 
9,349

Subordinated debentures
125,418

 
125,275

Other liabilities
10,956

 
5,783

Total liabilities
136,374

 
140,407

Common stock
719

 
719

Paid-in capital
641,737

 
642,882

Retained earnings
210,531

 
173,139

Accumulated other comprehensive income
47,962

 
33,487

Total stockholders’ equity
900,949

 
850,227

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
1,037,323

 
990,634


Statements of Operations
 
Years ended
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
December 31,
2010
Income
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends from subsidiaries
$
78,209

 
43,450

 
31,350

Other income
566

 
864

 
3,730

Intercompany charges for services
16,041

 
14,438

 
13,977

Total income
94,816

 
58,752

 
49,057

Expenses
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation, employee benefits and related expense
12,392

 
9,185

 
8,287

Other operating expenses
10,267

 
11,827

 
12,990

Total expenses
22,659

 
21,012

 
21,277

Income before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries
72,157

 
37,740

 
27,780

Income tax benefit
2,319

 
2,176

 
1,374

Income before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries
74,476

 
39,916

 
29,154

Equity in undistributed net income (loss) of subsidiaries
1,040

 
(22,825
)
 
13,558

Net Income
$
75,516

 
17,091

 
42,712


95

Table of Contents

Note 18. Parent Holding Company Information (Condensed) (continued)

Statements of Comprehensive Income
 
Years ended
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
December 31,
2010
Net Income
$
75,516

 
17,091

 
42,712

Other Comprehensive Income, Net of Tax
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities
31,617

 
63,190

 
6,263

Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income

 
(346
)
 
(4,822
)
Net unrealized gains on securities
31,617

 
62,844

 
1,441

Tax effect
(12,300
)
 
(24,444
)
 
(565
)
Net of tax amount
19,317

 
38,400

 
876

Unrealized losses on derivatives used for cash flow hedges
(7,926
)
 
(8,906
)
 

Tax effect
3,084

 
3,465

 

Net of tax amount
(4,842
)
 
(5,441
)
 

Total other comprehensive income, net of tax
14,475

 
32,959

 
876

Total Comprehensive Income
$
89,991

 
50,050

 
43,588


Statements of Cash Flows
 
Years ended
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
December 31,
2010
Operating Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
75,516

 
17,091

 
42,712

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Subsidiary income (in excess of) less than dividends distributed
(1,040
)
 
22,825

 
(13,558
)
Gain on sale of investments

 

 
(3,013
)
Excess tax deficiencies from stock options exercised
8

 

 
4

Net (decrease) increase in other assets and other liabilities
3,684

 
1,215

 
(708
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
78,168

 
41,131

 
25,437

Investing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from sales, maturities and prepayments of securities available-for-sale
787

 
1,376

 
3,671

Purchases of investment securities available-for-sale
(19,183
)
 

 
(13,126
)
Equity contribution to subsidiaries
(28,500
)
 
(1,110
)
 
(105,841
)
Net addition of premises and equipment
(2,927
)
 
(1,920
)
 
(2,754
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(49,823
)
 
(1,654
)
 
(118,050
)
Financing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in other borrowed funds
143

 
143

 
(4,857
)
Cash dividends paid
(47,472
)
 
(37,395
)
 
(37,396
)
Excess tax deficiencies from stock options exercised
(8
)
 

 
(4
)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and other stock issued
81

 

 
145,654

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
(47,256
)
 
(37,252
)
 
103,397

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
(18,911
)
 
2,225

 
10,784

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
31,338

 
29,113

 
18,329

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
$
12,427

 
31,338

 
29,113


96

Table of Contents

Note 19. Unaudited Quarterly Financial Data

Summarized unaudited quarterly financial data is as follows:
 
Quarters ended 2012
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
March 31
 
June 30
 
September 30
 
December 31
Interest income
$
67,884

 
64,192

 
62,015

 
59,666

Interest expense
9,598

 
9,044

 
8,907

 
8,165

Net interest income
58,286

 
55,148

 
53,108

 
51,501

Provision for loan losses
8,625

 
7,925

 
2,700

 
2,275

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
49,661

 
47,223

 
50,408

 
49,226

Non-interest income
20,338

 
21,791

 
23,974

 
25,393

Non-interest expense
49,045

 
46,190

 
50,178

 
48,008

Income before income taxes
20,954

 
22,824

 
24,204

 
26,611

Federal and state income tax expense
4,621

 
3,843

 
4,760

 
5,853

Net income
16,333

 
18,981

 
19,444

 
20,758

Basic earnings per share
0.23

 
0.26

 
0.27

 
0.29

Diluted earnings per share
0.23

 
0.26

 
0.27

 
0.29


 
Quarters ended 2011
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
March 31
 
June 30
 
September 30
 
December 31
Interest income
$
68,373

 
71,562

 
71,433

 
68,741

Interest expense
11,669

 
11,331

 
11,297

 
10,197

Net interest income
56,704

 
60,231

 
60,136

 
58,544

Provision for loan losses
19,500

 
19,150

 
17,175

 
8,675

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
37,204

 
41,081

 
42,961

 
49,869

Non-interest income
17,395

 
17,851

 
20,936

 
22,017

Non-interest expense
42,476

 
46,220

 
88,298

 
55,130

Income (loss) before income taxes
12,123

 
12,712

 
(24,401
)
 
16,756

Federal and state income tax expense (benefit)
1,838

 
826

 
(5,353
)
 
2,408

Net income (loss)
10,285

 
11,886

 
(19,048
)
 
14,348

Basic earnings (loss) per share
0.14

 
0.17

 
(0.27
)
 
0.20

Diluted earnings (loss) per share
0.14

 
0.17

 
(0.27
)
 
0.20


Note 20. Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. There is a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value are as follows:
 
Level 1    Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
Level 2
Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities
Level 3
Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities


97

Table of Contents

20. Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

Recurring Measurements
The following is a description of the inputs and valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as the general classification of such assets and liabilities pursuant to the valuation hierarchy. There have been no significant changes in the valuation techniques during the year ended December 31, 2012.

Investment securities: fair value for available-for-sale securities is estimated by obtaining quoted market prices for identical assets, where available. If such prices are not available, fair value is based on independent asset pricing services and models, the inputs of which are market-based or independently sourced market parameters, including but not limited to, yield curves, interest rates, volatilities, prepayments, defaults, cumulative loss projections, and cash flows. Such securities are classified in Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Where Level 1 or Level 2 inputs are not available, such securities are classified as Level 3 within the hierarchy.

Fair value determinations of investment securities are the responsibility of the Company’s corporate accounting department. The Company contracts with independent third party pricing vendors to generate fair value estimates on a monthly basis. The Company reviews the vendors’ inputs for fair value estimates and the recommended assignments of levels within the fair value hierarchy. The review includes the extent to which markets for investment securities are determined to have limited or no activity, or are judged to be active markets. The Company reviews the extent to which observable and unobservable inputs are used as well as the appropriateness of the underlying assumptions about risk that a market participant would use in active markets, with adjustments for limited or inactive markets. In considering the inputs to the fair value estimates, the Company places less reliance on quotes that are judged to not reflect orderly transactions, or are non-binding indications. The Company makes independent inquiries of other knowledgeable parties in testing the reliability of the inputs, including consideration for illiquidity, credit risk, and cash flow estimates. In assessing credit risk, the Company reviews payment performance, collateral adequacy, credit rating histories, and issuers’ financial statements with follow-up discussion with issuers. For those markets determined to be inactive, the valuation techniques used are models for which management verifies that discount rates are appropriately adjusted to reflect illiquidity and credit risk. The Company also independently obtains cash flow estimates that are stressed at levels that exceed those used by the independent third party pricing vendors.

Interest rate swap derivative agreements: fair values for interest rate swap derivative agreements are based upon the estimated amounts to settle the contracts considering current interest rates and are calculated using discounted cash flows that are observable or that can be corroborated by observable market data and, therefore, are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. The inputs used to determine fair value include the 3 month LIBOR forward curve to estimate variable rate cash inflows and the spot LIBOR curve to estimate the discount rate. The estimated variable rate cash inflows are compared to the fixed rate outflows and such difference is discounted to a present value to estimate the fair value of the interest rate swaps. The Company also obtains and compares the reasonableness of the pricing from an independent party.


98

Table of Contents

Note 20. Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

The following schedules disclose the fair value measurement of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis: 

 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements
At the End of the Reporting Period Using
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair Value December 31, 2012
 
Quoted Prices
in Active  Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Investment securities, available-for-sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and federal agency
$
202

 

 
202

 

U.S. government sponsored enterprises
17,480

 

 
17,480

 

State and local governments
1,214,518

 

 
1,214,518

 

Corporate bonds
288,795

 

 
288,795

 

Collateralized debt obligations
1,708

 

 
1,708

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities
2,160,302

 

 
2,160,302

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis
$
3,683,005

 

 
3,683,005

 

Interest rate swaps
$
16,832

 

 
16,832

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis
$
16,832

 

 
16,832

 


 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements
At the End of the Reporting Period Using
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair Value December 31, 2011
 
Quoted Prices
in Active  Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Investment securities, available-for-sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and federal agency
$
208

 

 
208

 

U.S. government sponsored enterprises
31,155

 

 
31,155

 

State and local governments
1,064,655

 

 
1,064,655

 

Corporate bonds
62,237

 

 
62,237

 

Collateralized debt obligations
5,366

 

 
5,366

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities
1,963,122

 

 
1,963,122

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis
$
3,126,743

 

 
3,126,743

 

Interest rate swaps
$
8,906

 

 
8,906

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis
$
8,906

 

 
8,906

 



99

Table of Contents

Note 20. Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

Recurring Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
There were no Level 3 fair value measurements of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis during the year ended December 31, 2012.

The following schedule reconciles the opening and closing balances for assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) during the year ended December 31, 2011:
 
 
Fair Value Measurements Using
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
 
 
Investment Securities
(Dollars in thousands)
Total
 
Collateralized
Debt
Obligations
 
Residential
Mortgage-backed
Securities
Balance at December 31, 2010
$
6,751

 
6,595

 
156

Total unrealized gains (losses) for the period included in other comprehensive income
4,167

 
4,301

 
(134
)
Amortization, accretion and principal payments
(5,530
)
 
(5,530
)
 

Transfers out of Level 3
(5,388
)
 
(5,366
)
 
(22
)
Balance at December 31, 2011
$

 

 


Transfers between Fair Value Hierarchy Levels
Transfers in and out of Level 1 (quoted prices in active markets), Level 2 (significant other observable inputs) and Level 3 (significant unobservable inputs) are recognized on the actual transfer date. There were no transfers between fair value hierarchy levels during the year ended December 31, 2012.

Non-recurring Measurements
The following is a description of the inputs and valuation methodologies used for assets recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis, as well as the general classification of such assets pursuant to the valuation hierarchy. There have been no significant changes in the valuation techniques during the year ended December 31, 2012.

Other real estate owned: OREO is carried at the lower of fair value at acquisition date or estimated fair value, less estimated cost to sell. Estimated fair value of OREO is based on appraisals or evaluations (new or updated). OREO is classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Collateral-dependent impaired loans, net of ALLL: loans included in the Company’s loan portfolio for which it is probable that the Company will not collect all principal and interest due according to contractual terms are considered impaired. Estimated fair value of collateral-dependent impaired loans is based on the fair value of the collateral, less estimated cost to sell. Collateral-dependent impaired loans are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

The Company’s credit departments review appraisals for OREO and collateral-dependent loans, giving consideration to the highest and best use of the collateral. The appraisal or evaluation (new or updated) is considered the starting point for determining fair value. The valuation techniques used in preparing appraisals or evaluations (new or updated) include the cost approach, income approach, sales comparison approach, or a combination of the preceding valuation techniques. The key inputs used to determine the fair value of the collateral-dependent loans and OREO include selling costs, discounted cash flow rate or capitalization rate, and adjustment to comparables. Valuations and significant inputs obtained by independent sources are reviewed by the Company for accuracy and reasonableness. The Company also considers other factors and events in the environment that may affect the fair value. The appraisals or evaluations (new or updated) are reviewed at least quarterly and more frequently based on current market conditions, including deterioration in a borrower’s financial condition and when property values may be subject to significant volatility. After review and acceptance of the collateral appraisal or evaluation (new or updated), adjustments to the impaired loan or OREO may occur. The Company generally obtains appraisals or evaluations (new or updated) annually.




100

Table of Contents

Note 20. Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

Goodwill: Prior to April 30, 2012, goodwill was evaluated for impairment at each of the eleven bank subsidiaries at least annually. On April 30, 2012, the Company combined its eleven bank subsidiaries into a single commercial bank operating segment resulting in eleven bank division reporting units which are now aggregated for assessment of goodwill impairment. The key inputs used to determine the implied fair value during the first step of the 2012 goodwill impairment analysis included deal prices of comparable transactions and applied premiums and discounts that took into account the aggregated reporting units' earnings and credit metrics. The key inputs used to determine the implied fair value during the 2011 two-step goodwill impairment analysis and the corresponding amount of the impairment charge included quoted market prices of other banks, discounted cash flows and inputs from comparable transactions. These inputs are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The goodwill impairment evaluation is the responsibility of the Company’s corporate accounting department. Valuations and significant inputs obtained by independent sources are reviewed by the Company for accuracy and reasonableness. For additional information regarding goodwill and reporting unit(s), see Note 6.

The following schedules disclose the fair value measurement of assets with a recorded change during the period resulting from re-measuring the assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis:
 
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements
At the End of the Reporting Period Using
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair Value December 31, 2012
 
Quoted Prices
in Active  Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Other real estate owned
$
13,983

 

 

 
13,983

Collateral-dependent impaired loans, net of ALLL
22,966

 

 

 
22,966

Total assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis
$
36,949

 

 

 
36,949


 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements
At the End of the Reporting Period Using
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair Value December 31, 2011
 
Quoted Prices
in Active  Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Other real estate owned
$
38,076

 

 

 
38,076

Collateral-dependent impaired loans, net of ALLL
55,339

 

 

 
55,339

Goodwill
24,718

 

 

 
24,718

Total assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis
$
118,133

 

 

 
118,133


101

Table of Contents

Note 20. Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

Non-recurring Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
The following table presents additional quantitative information about assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and for which the Company has utilized Level 3 inputs to determine fair value:

 
 
 
Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair Value December 31, 2012
 
Valuation Technique
 
Unobservable Input
 
Range (Weighted Average) 1
Other real estate owned
$
93

 
Cost approach
 
Selling costs
 
7.0% - 7.0% (7.0%)
 
11,787

 
Sales comparison approach
 
Selling costs
 
7.0% - 14.0% (7.9%)
 
 
 
 
 
Adjustment to comparables
 
0.0% - 37.0% (11.7%)
 
2,103

 
Combined approach
 
Selling costs
 
5.0% - 8.0% (6.6%)
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
 
25.0% - 25.0% (25.0%)
 
 
 
 
 
Adjustment to comparables
 
0.0% - 30.0% (7.7%)
 
$
13,983

 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateral-dependent impaired loans, net of ALLL
$
84

 
Cost approach
 
Selling costs
 
8.0% - 8.0% (8.0%)
 
5,509

 
Income approach
 
Selling costs
 
8.0% - 10.0% (8.2%)
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
 
0.0% - 8.3% (6.3%)
 
12,878

 
Sales comparison approach
 
Selling costs
 
0.0% - 16.0% (8.6%)
 
 
 
 
 
Adjustment to comparables
 
0.0% - 12.0% (1.6%)
 
4,495

 
Combined approach
 
Selling costs
 
8.0% - 10.0% (8.4%)
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
 
8.0% - 8.0% (8.0%)
 
 
 
 
 
Adjustment to comparables
 
0.0% - 36.0% (17.6%)
 
$
22,966

 
 
 
 
 
 
__________
1 The range for selling costs and adjustments to comparables indicate reductions to the fair value.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The following is a description of the methods used to estimate the fair value of all other assets and liabilities recognized at amounts other than fair value.

Cash and cash equivalents: fair value is estimated at book value.

Loans held for sale: fair value is estimated at book value.

Loans receivable, net of ALLL: fair value is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the rates at which similar notes would be written for the same remaining maturities. The market rates used are based on current rates the Company would impose for similar loans and reflect a market participant assumption about risks associated with non-performance, illiquidity, and the structure and term of the loans along with local economic and market conditions. Estimated fair value of impaired loans is based on the fair value of the collateral, less estimated cost to sell, or the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows (discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate). All impaired loans are classified as Level 3 and all other loans are classified as Level 2 within the hierarchy.

Accrued interest receivable: fair value is estimated at book value.

Non-marketable equity securities: fair value is estimated at book value due to restrictions that limit the sale or transfer of such securities.


102

Table of Contents

Note 20. Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

Deposits: fair value of term deposits is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using rates of similar deposits with similar maturities. The market rates used were obtained from a knowledgeable independent third party and reviewed by the Company. The rates were the average of current rates offered by the Company’s local competitors. The estimated fair value of demand, NOW, savings, and money market deposits is the book value since rates are regularly adjusted to market rates and transactions are executed at book value daily. Therefore, such deposits are classified in Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Certificate accounts and wholesale deposits are classified as Level 2 within the hierarchy.

FHLB advances: fair value of non-callable FHLB advances is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using rates of similar advances with similar maturities. Such rates were obtained from current rates offered by FHLB. The estimated fair value of callable FHLB advances was obtained from FHLB and the model was reviewed by the Company through discussions with FHLB.

Repurchase agreements and other borrowed funds: fair value of term repurchase agreements and other term borrowings is estimated based on current repurchase rates and borrowing rates currently available to the Company for repurchases and borrowings with similar terms and maturities. The estimated fair value for overnight repurchase agreements and other borrowings is book value.

Subordinated debentures: fair value of the subordinated debt is estimated by discounting the estimated future cash flows using current estimated market rates. The market rates used were averages of currently traded trust preferred securities with similar characteristics to the Company’s issuances and obtained from an independent third party.

Accrued interest payable: fair value is estimated at book value.

Off-balance sheet financial instruments: commitments to extend credit and letters of credit represent the principal categories of off-balance sheet financial instruments. Rates for these commitments are set at time of loan closing, such that no adjustment is necessary to reflect these commitments at market value. The Company has an insignificant amount of off-balance sheet financial instruments.

The following schedules present the carrying amounts, estimated fair values and the level within the fair value hierarchy of the Company’s financial instruments:
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements
At the End of the Reporting Period Using
(Dollars in thousands)
Carrying Amount December 31, 2012
 
Quoted Prices
in Active  Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Financial assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
187,040

 
187,040

 

 

Investment securities, available-for-sale
3,683,005

 

 
3,683,005

 

Loans held for sale
145,501

 
145,501

 

 

Loans receivable, net of ALLL
3,266,571

 

 
3,184,987

 
186,201

Accrued interest receivable
37,770

 
37,770

 

 

Non-marketable equity securities
48,812

 

 
48,812

 

Total financial assets
$
7,368,699

 
370,311

 
6,916,804

 
186,201

Financial liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
$
5,364,461

 
3,585,126

 
1,789,134

 

FHLB advances
997,013

 

 
1,027,101

 

Repurchase agreements and other borrowed funds
299,540

 

 
299,540

 

Subordinated debentures
125,418

 

 
70,895

 

Accrued interest payable
4,675

 
4,675

 

 

Interest rate swaps
16,832

 

 
16,832

 

Total financial liabilities
$
6,807,939

 
3,589,801

 
3,203,502

 



103

Table of Contents

Note 20. Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements
At the End of the Reporting Period Using
(Dollars in thousands)
Carrying Amount December 31, 2011
 
Quoted Prices
in Active  Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Financial assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
128,032

 
128,032

 

 

Investment securities, available-for-sale
3,126,743

 

 
3,126,743

 

Loans held for sale
95,457

 
95,457

 

 

Loans receivable, net of ALLL
3,328,619

 

 
3,146,502

 
239,831

Accrued interest receivable
34,961

 
34,961

 

 

Non-marketable equity securities
49,694

 

 
49,694

 

Total financial assets
$
6,763,506

 
258,450

 
6,322,939

 
239,831

Financial liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
$
4,821,213

 
3,132,261

 
1,698,382

 

FHLB advances
1,069,046

 

 
1,099,699

 

Repurchase agreements and other borrowed funds
268,638

 

 
268,642

 

Subordinated debentures
125,275

 

 
65,903

 

Accrued interest payable
5,825

 
5,825

 

 

Interest rate swaps
8,906

 

 
8,906

 

Total financial liabilities
$
6,298,903

 
3,138,086

 
3,141,532

 


Note 21. Contingencies and Commitments

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and letters of credit, and involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk. The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

The Company had the following outstanding commitments:
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
Commitments to extend credit
$
802,595

 
728,199

Letters of credit
12,600

 
20,463

Total outstanding commitments
$
815,195

 
748,662


The Company is a defendant in legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the disposition of pending litigation will not have a material affect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

Note 22. Subsequent Event

On February 25, 2013, the Company announced the signing of a definitive agreement to acquire First State Bank, a community bank based in Wheatland, Wyoming. First State Bank provides community banking services to individuals and businesses from three banking offices in Wheatland, Torrington and Guernsey, Wyoming. As of December 31, 2012, First State Bank had total assets of $281,000,000, gross loans of $179,000,000 and total deposits of $249,000,000. Upon closing of the transaction, which is anticipated to take place in the second quarter of 2013, First State Bank will be merged into the Bank and operate as a separate bank division doing business under its existing name.


104

Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

There have been no changes or disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure.
 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
An evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), of the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO have concluded that as of the end of the period covered by this report, the disclosure controls and procedures are effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that are filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are recorded, processed, summarized and timely reported as provided in the SEC’s rules and forms. As a result of this evaluation, there were no significant changes in the internal control over financial reporting during the three months ended December 31, 2012 that have materially affected, or are reasonable likely to materially affect, the internal control over financial reporting. Although the Company combined its eleven bank subsidiaries into a single commercial bank operating segment during the second quarter 2012, the Company has determined that there were no related changes in internal controls that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting as it relates to its financial statements presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The Company’s internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Internal control over financial reporting includes self monitoring mechanisms and actions are taken to correct deficiencies as they are identified.

There are inherent limitations in any internal control, no matter how well designed, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected, including the possibility of circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even an effective internal control system can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of an internal control system may vary over time.

Management assessed its internal control structure over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012. This assessment was based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in “Internal Control – Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management asserts that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as it relates to its financial statements presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

BKD LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012, has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Such attestation report expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012.
 

Item 9B. Other Information

None




105

Table of Contents

PART III
 
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information regarding “Directors and Executive Officers” is set forth under the headings “Election of Directors” and “Management – Executive Officers who are not Directors” of the Company’s 2013 Annual Meeting Proxy Statement (“Proxy Statement”) and is incorporated herein by reference.

Information regarding “Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act” is set forth under the section “Compliance with Section 16(a) Filing Requirements” of the Company’s Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Information regarding the Company’s audit committee financial expert is set forth under the heading “Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors – Committee Membership” in the Company’s Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference.

Consistent with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Company has a Code of Ethics applicable to senior financial officers including the principal executive officer. The Code of Ethics can be accessed electronically by visiting the Company’s website at www.glacierbancorp.com. The Code of Ethics is also listed as Exhibit 14 to this report, and is incorporated by reference to the Company’s 2003 annual report Form 10-K.
 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Information regarding “Executive Compensation” is set forth under the headings “Compensation of Directors” and “Executive Compensation” of the Company’s Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information regarding “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” is set forth under the headings “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” of the Company’s Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Information regarding “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” is set forth under the heading “Transactions with Management” and “Corporate Governance – Director Independence” of the Company’s Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Information regarding “Principal Accounting Fees and Services” is set forth under the heading “Auditors – Fees Paid to Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” of the Company’s Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.




106

Table of Contents

PART IV
 
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

List of Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules
(a)    The following documents are filed as a part of this report:
(1)    Financial Statements and
(2)    Financial Statement schedules required to be filed by Item 8 of this report.
(3)    The following exhibits are required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K and are included as part of this Form 10-K:

 
Exhibit No.
 
Exhibit
 
3(a)
 
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation 1
 
3(b)
 
Amended and Restated Bylaws 1
 
10(a) *
 
Amended and Restated 1994 Director Stock Option Plan and related agreements 2
 
10(b) *
 
Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan effective January 1, 2008 3
 
10(c) *
 
Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement effective January 1, 2008 3
 
10(d) *
 
2005 Stock Incentive Plan and related agreements 4
 
10(e) *
 
Employment Agreement dated January 1, 2013 between the Company and Michael J. Blodnick 5
 
10(f) *
 
Employment Agreement dated January 1, 2013 between the Company and Ron J. Copher 5
 
10(g) *
 
Employment Agreement dated January 1, 2013 between the Company and Don Chery 5
 
10(h) *
 
Nonemployee Service Provider Deferred Compensation Plan 6
 
14
 
Code of Ethics 7
 
21
 
Subsidiaries of the Company (See item 1, “Subsidiaries”)
 
23
 
Consent of BKD LLP
 
31.1
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
31.2
 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
32
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes – Oxley Act of 2002
 
101
 
The following financial information from Glacier Bancorp, Inc’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 is formatted in XBRL: 1) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, 2) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, 3) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income, 4) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and 5) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
__________
1 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibits 3.i. and 3.ii included in the Company’s Quarterly Report on form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008.
2 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibits 99.1 - 99.4 of the Company’s S-8 Registration Statement (No. 333-105995).
3 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibits 10(c) and 10(d) included in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.
4 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibits 99.1 through 99.3 of the Company’s S-8 Registration Statement (No. 333-125024).
5 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibits 10.1 through 10.3 included in the Company’s Form 8-K filed by the Company on December 20, 2012.
6    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 included in the Company's Form 8-K filed by the Company on October 31, 2012.
7 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14, included in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
* 
Compensatory Plan or Arrangement

All other financial statement schedules required by Regulation S-X are omitted because they are not applicable, not material or because the information is included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.


107

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on February 28, 2013.
 
 
 
GLACIER BANCORP, INC.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By: /s/ Michael J. Blodnick
 
 
 
Michael J. Blodnick
 
 
 
President and CEO
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on February 28, 2013, by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities indicated.
 
/s/ Michael J. Blodnick
  
President, CEO, and Director
Michael J. Blodnick
  
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 
/s/ Ron J. Copher
  
Executive Vice President and CFO
Ron J. Copher
  
(Principal Financial Accounting Officer)
 
 
 
Board of Directors
  
 
 
 
 
/s/ Everit A. Sliter
  
Chairman
Everit A. Sliter
  
 
 
 
 
/s/ Sherry L. Cladouhos
  
Director
Sherry L. Cladouhos
  
 
 
 
 
/s/ James M. English
  
Director
James M. English
  
 
 
 
 
/s/ Allen J. Fetscher
  
Director
Allen J. Fetscher
  
 
 
 
 
/s/ Annie M. Goodwin
  
Director
Annie M. Goodwin
  
 
 
 
 
/s/ Dallas I. Herron
  
Director
Dallas I. Herron
  
 
 
 
 
/s/ Craig A. Langel
  
Director
Craig A. Langel
  
 
 
 
 
/s/ L. Peter Larson
  
Director
L. Peter Larson
  
 
 
 
 
/s/ Douglas J. McBride
  
Director
Douglas J. McBride
  
 
 
 
 
/s/ John W. Murdoch
  
Director
John W. Murdoch
  
 



108